Advertisement
Guest User

Untitled

a guest
Oct 31st, 2009
7,059
0
Never
Not a member of Pastebin yet? Sign Up, it unlocks many cool features!
text 353.51 KB | None | 0 0
  1. Page 1 Page 1
  2. SOLITARY BLESSINGS: Solitary Blessings:
  3. SOLITUDE IN THE FICTION OF HAWTHORNE, MELVILLE, SOLITUDE IN THE FICTION OF HAWTHORNE, MELVILLE,
  4. AND KATE CHOPIN AND Kate Chopin
  5. A Dissertation A Dissertation
  6. Submitted to the Graduate Faculty of the Submitted to the Graduate Faculty of the
  7. Louisiana State University and Louisiana State University and
  8. Agricultural and Mechanical College Agricultural and Mechanical College
  9. in partial fulfillment of the in partial fulfillment of the
  10. requirements for the degree of requirements for the degree of
  11. Doctor of Philosophy Doctor of Philosophy
  12. in in
  13. The Department of English The Department of Espa�ol
  14. by by
  15. Virginia Zirkel Massie Zirkel Virginia Massie
  16. BA, University of Florida, 1961 BA, University of Florida, 1961
  17. M.Ed., University of South Alabama, 1982 M.Ed., University of South Alabama, 1982
  18. December 2005 December 2005
  19. Page 2 Page 2
  20. ii ii
  21. To My Mother To My Mother
  22. Page 3 Page 3
  23. iii iii
  24. Acknowledgments Acknowledgments
  25. In thankful appreciation to the following persons with whose help, support, and loving In thankful appreciation to the following persons with Whose help, support, and loving
  26. compassion this degree is made possible: my husband, Walt Massie; my sons, Mike, James, compassion this degree is made possible: my husband, Walt Massie, my sons, Mike, James,
  27. and Brian Dorgan; my sister, Jo Ann Spagnuolo; Professors Bainard Cowan, Malcolm and Brian Dorgan, my sister, Jo Ann Spagnuolo; Bainard Professors Cowan, Malcolm
  28. Richardson, James Borck, Sarah Liggett, and Daniel Mark Fogel; Christine Cowan and Richardson, James Borck, Sarah Liggett, and Daniel Mark Fogel, Christine Cowan and
  29. Martha Strohschein; Stephen Lindsey, MD, Arnold Feldman, MD, Charles �Chuck� Martha Strohschein, Stephen Lindsey, MD, Arnold Feldman, MD, Charles "Chuck"
  30. Williamson, MD, and Ed Adams, OD Williamson, MD, and Ed Adams, OD
  31. Page 4 Page 4
  32. iv iv
  33. Table of Contents Table of Contents
  34. Acknowledgments . Acknowledgments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii iii
  35. Abstract . Abstract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v v
  36. Chapter 1. Chapter 1. The Shape of Solitude: A Folding and an Unfolding . The Shape of Solitude: A Folding and Unfolding An. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1
  37. Chapter 2. Chapter 2. Review of the Literature of Solitude: The Poet-Thinker . Review of the Literature of Solitude: The Poet-Thinker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 33
  38. Chapter 3. The Scarlet Letter : To �Catch the Sunshine in the Wilderness� . Chapter 3. The Scarlet Letter: To "Catch the Sunshine in the Wilderness". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 77
  39. Chapter 4. Chapter 4. Melville's Solitary Men: Bartleby, Pip, and Ishmael . Solitary Men's Melville: Bartleby, Pip, and Ishmael. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 101
  40. Chapter 5. The Awakening : A Parrot, a Mockingbird, and a �Bird Chapter 5. The Awakening: A Parrot, a Mockingbird, and a "Bird
  41. with a Broken Wing� . with a Broken Wing. " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 129
  42. Chapter 6. Chapter 6. Conclusion . Conclusion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 164
  43. Works Cited . Works Cited. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 169
  44. Vita . Vita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 176
  45. Page 5 Page 5
  46. v v
  47. Abstract Abstract
  48. �Solitary Blessings: Solitude in the Fiction of Hawthorne, Melville, and Kate Chopin� "Solitary Blessings: Solitude in the Fiction of Hawthorne, Melville, and Kate Chopin"
  49. examines a construction of solitude in which nature is alien and perilous, the self confronts examines the construction of solitude In which nature is alien and perilous, the self confronts
  50. rejection and death, the subject is subordinated to an unknown, and the revealed truth is rejection and death, the subject is subordinated to an unknown, and the truth is revealed
  51. experienced as both gift and curse. experienced as both gift and curse. Arising out of fictional portraits of people under duress, Arising out of fictional portraits of people under duress,
  52. this interpretation counters a more dominant construction in American literature, enunciated counters this interpretation to more dominant construction in American literature, enunciatee
  53. by Edwards, Emerson, and Thoreau, that shows solitude as composed and calming, by Edwards, Emerson, and Thoreau, that shows as composed and calming solitude,
  54. subordinating nature to mind, and revealing an underlying truth in presentable form. subordinating nature to mind, and revealing an underlying truth in presentable form.
  55. Solitude has been equated with privation and exile since antiquity; the Christian era Solitude has been equated with privation and exile since antiquity, the Christian era
  56. added a contrasting context of interior communion with God. added a contrasting context of interior communion with God. Romanticism revived and Romanticism revived and
  57. secularized both connotations, mixing the joy of inner communion with the potential for dark, Connotations both secularized, mixing the joy of inner communion with the potential for dark,
  58. destructive discoveries. destructive discoveries. Further analysis of solitude in this study employs concepts from Further analysis of solitude in this study employs concepts from
  59. authors Virginia Woolf and Albert Camus, cultural theorist Victor Turner, philosopher Gaston authors Virginia Woolf and Albert Camus, Victor Turner cultural theorist, philosopher Gaston
  60. Bachelard, psychoanalyst Anthony Storr, and composition theorist Linda Brodkey. Bachelard, psychoanalyst Anthony Storr, and composition theorist Linda Brodkey.
  61. In The Scarlet Letter Hawthorne balances the sympathetic portrayal of Hester Prynne In The Scarlet Letter Hawthorne balances the sympathetic portrayal of Hester Prynne
  62. with her presentation by a narrator respectful, even fearful, of Puritan authority, thereby with her presentation by a narrator respectful, even fearful, of Puritan authority, Thereby
  63. keeping the experience of rejection and privation active in constructing the meaning of her Keeping the experience of rejection and privation active in Constructing the meaning of her
  64. experience. experience. Hester's solitude leads her through self-condemnation and rebellion to a clear- Hester's solitude leads her through self-condemnation and rebellion to a clear -
  65. sighted sympathy and an alternative authority of her own. sighted sympathy and an alternative authority of her own.
  66. Page 6 Page 6
  67. vi vi
  68. Melville's characters confront solitude radically. Melville's characters Confront Radically solitude. Bartleby seems to possess the hard- Bartleby seems to Possess the hard -
  69. won wisdom of solitude already in an absolute form, and the lawyer-narrator must come to won wisdom of solitude already in an absolute form, and the lawyer-narrator must come to
  70. terms with it. terms with it. Pip's episode in Moby-Dick presents the encounter with solitude at its most Pip's episode in Moby-Dick presents the encounter with solitude at its most
  71. condensed: forced into an extreme, inexplicable confrontation with nature and death, stripped Condensed: forced into an extreme, inexplicable confrontation with nature and death, stripped
  72. of sanity, the sufferer of solitude achieves a God-like wisdom of indifference. of sanity, the sufferer of solitude achieves a God-like wisdom of indifference.
  73. Edna Pontellier's quest for solitude in Chopin's The Awakening causes her to Edna Pontellier's quest for solitude in Chopin's The Awakening causes her to
  74. withdraw gradually from everything including herself as she becomes the poet-thinker alone. Gradually withdraw from everything including herself as she becomes the poet-thinker alone.
  75. She takes charge of the process of self-discovery in solitude, outlining a path to autonomy, but She takes charge of the process of self-discovery in solitude, Outlining a path to autonomy, but
  76. her quest for a truth of the self without limits leads to the ultimate limit of death. her quest for the truth of the self without limits leads to the ultimate limit of death.
  77. Page 7 Page 7
  78. 1 1
  79. Chapter 1 Chapter 1
  80. The Shape of Solitude: A Folding and an Unfolding The Shape of Solitude: A Folding and Unfolding an
  81. There is a solitude of space There is a solitude of space
  82. A solitude of sea A solitude of sea
  83. A solitude of death, but these A solitude of death, but these
  84. Society shall be Society shall be
  85. Compared with that profounder site Compared with that profound site
  86. That polar privacy That polar privacy
  87. A soul admitted to itself� A soul admitted to itself -
  88. Finite Infinity. Finite Infinity.
  89. --Emily Dickinson, #1695 - Emily Dickinson, # 1695
  90. Walden Pond and Ishmael Walden Pond and Ishmael
  91. Solitude admits the person who experiences it to a profound and challenging Solitude admits the person who experiences it to a profound and challenging
  92. experience of self. experience of self. As Emily Dickinson avows, space, the sea, and even death furnish only As Emily Dickinson avows, space, the sea, and even death furnish only
  93. stages for enacting this encounter. stages for enacting this encounter. American literature testifies that solitude continues to be a American literature testifies that continues to be a solitude
  94. formidable and pervasive force both in literature and in life. formidable and pervasive force in both literature and in life. Throughout history, individuals Throughout history, individuals
  95. have sought solitude for a variety of reasons, since leading a solitary life can have many and have sought solitude for a variety of reasons, since leading a solitary life and can have many
  96. varied results. varied results. The concept of solitude has multiple definitions according to the solitary The concept of solitude has multiple definitions according to the solitary
  97. seeker's interpretation, life style, frame of reference, and the times in which he or she lives. seeker's interpretation, life style, frame of reference, and the times In which he or she lives.
  98. Although two familiar definitions include being alone, as in existing separately from other Although two family definitions include being alone, as in existing separately from other
  99. people, and simply being alone in thought, the concept of solitude is much more complex than people, and simply being alone in thought, the concept of solitude is much more complex than
  100. either of these definitions. either of these definitions. Change in the individual often results from experiencing solitude. Change often results in the individual from experiencing solitude.
  101. Page 8 Page 8
  102. 2 2
  103. What, then, is solitude? What, then, is solitude? What is its origin? What is its origin? What kinds of change resulting from a solitary What kinds of change Resulting from a solitary
  104. condition manifest themselves in what particular ways? condition manifest themselves in what particular ways? And why? And why?
  105. Although this study primarily will examine in depth literature from nineteenth-century Although this study will examine in depth Primarily from Nineteenth-century literature
  106. America, the implications of leading a solitary existence suggest many answers for many America, the implications of leading a solitary existence suggest many answers for many
  107. times. times. The problems resulting from a study of solitude may best begin with a quintessential The problems Resulting from a study of solitude may best begin with a quintessential
  108. name, Henry David Thoreau, and his famous place, Walden Pond, and what often occurs at name, Henry David Thoreau, and his famous place, Walden Pond, and what often occurs at
  109. Walden Pond now. Walden Pond now.
  110. �By noon the small beach was towel to towel,� lamented the New York Times in 1996. "By noon the small beach was towel to towel," lamented the New York Times in 1996.
  111. Journalist Sara Rimer described the Walden Pond park area as one that fills up with tourists Journalist Sara Rimer Walden Pond park described the area as one that fills up with tourists
  112. before mid-morning and which sees �2,000 to 3,000 visitors a day, according to the State Park before mid-morning And which sees "2,000 to 3,000 visitors a day, according to the State Park
  113. Service.� Hordes bring disposable diapers and coolers, boom boxes and strollers, and even an Service. "Hordes bring disposable diapers and coolers, boom boxes and strollers, and even an
  114. occasional book to read. occasional book to read. A mother of five-year-old triplets, one Mrs. Hurkett, �absorbed in A mother of five-year-old triplets, one Mrs. Hurkett, "absorbed in
  115. motherhood, could not wait to see a little civilization in Walden. motherhood, could not wait to see a little civilization in Walden. She was amazed, she said, She was amazed, she said,
  116. by all the young women with tattoos: butterflies and roses adorning ankles.� George Carroll, by all the young women with tattoos: butterflies and roses adorning ankles. "George Carroll
  117. a Latin teacher at the Boston Latin School, said, �I don't think Thoreau would have been a Latin teacher at the Boston Latin School, said, "I do not think Thoreau would have been
  118. pleased to have his sanctuary so populated,� but added later, �Walden [. pleased to have his sanctuary so populated, "but added later," Walden [. . . .] is as much a state .] Is as much a state
  119. of mind as anything else. of mind as anything else. [. [. . . .] It's a lovely place to be on the 22nd of July--in God's nature.� .] It's a lovely place to be on the 22nd of July - in God's nature. "
  120. But Rimer concluded with the words from a state park supervisor: �We try not to guess what But Rimer concluded with the words from a state park supervisor: "We try not to guess what
  121. Thoreau would have thought about all of this; I'm not sure he would have stuck around� (12). Thoreau would have thought about all of this, I'm not sure I would have stuck around "(12).
  122. Thoreau came a century earlier and stayed two years, and during that time he was not entirely Thoreau came a century earlier and stayed two years, and during that time I was not entirely
  123. alone; he had visitors, too, and they deterred him from his meditations but not for long. alone, I've had visitors, too, and they deterred him from his meditations but not for long. The The
  124. Page 9 Page 9
  125. 3 3
  126. scene at Walden in 1996 serves as an announcement to our time: solitude has become an scene at Walden in 1996 serves as an announcement to our time: solitude has become an
  127. endangered species, at no little peril to our psychological health and cultural creativity. endangered species, at no little peril to our psychological health and cultural creativity. In fact In fact
  128. ecocritic Lawrence Buell notes, as part of the current troubled scene of environmentalism, that ecocritic Lawrence Buell notes, as part of the current troubled scene of environmentalism, that
  129. �Walden Woods in Concord, Massachusetts, has become a legal battleground because "Walden Woods in Concord, Mass., has become a legal battleground Because
  130. Thoreau's writings have led many to perceive it as sacred space that should be kept in its Thoreau's writings have led many to perceive it as sacred space that should be kept in its
  131. 'natural' state� (3). 'natural' state "(3). This study aims to reconstruct what was discovered about solitude in This study aims to reconstruct what was discovered about solitude in
  132. calmer times, in hopes of contributing to its future preservation. calmer times, in hopes of Contributing to its future preservation.
  133. Hordes of people descend on Walden Pond annually, whether to experience solitude or Hordes of people descend annually on Walden Pond, Whether to experience solitude or
  134. to bask momentarily in an aura of historical sacredness. to bask momentarily in an historical aura of sacredness. Herman Melville provides another Herman Melville provides another
  135. reason why people flock to a site of solitude near lake or sea, as he has his romantic narrator reason why people flock to a site of solitude near lake or sea, as he has his narrator romantic
  136. Ishmael draw the reader's attention to the edge of the water in Chapter 1 of Moby-Dick : �Look Ishmael draw the reader's attention to The Edge of the water in Chapter 1 of Moby-Dick: "Look
  137. at the crowd of water-gazers there� (12). at the crowd of water-gazers there "(12). Ishmael continues: Ishmael continues:
  138. Once more. Once more. Say, you are in the country; in some high land of lakes. Say, you are in the country, in some high land of lakes. Take Take
  139. almost any path you please, and ten to one it carries you down in a dale, and almost any path you please, and ten to one it carries you down in a dale, and
  140. leaves you there by a pool in the stream. leaves you there by a pool in the stream. There is magic in it. There is magic in it. Let the most Let the most
  141. absent-minded of men be plunged in his deepest reveries--stand that man on absent-minded of men be Plunged in his deepest reveries - stand that man on
  142. his legs, set his feet a-going, and he will infallibly lead you to water, if water his legs, set his feet a-going, and he will infallibly lead you to water, if water
  143. there be in all that region. there be in all that region. [. [. . . .] Yes, as everyone knows, meditation and water .] Yes, as everyone knows, meditation and water
  144. are wedded for ever. are wedded for ever. (13) (13)
  145. How often have we as �water-gazers� viewed paintings of men gazing silently at water in an How often have we as "water-gazers" viewed paintings of men gazing silently at water in an
  146. apparent meditative mood or sat on a beach, facing not one another but the sea. apparent meditative mood or sat on a beach, not one another but facing the sea. Water may be Water may be
  147. more than a passive object of the would-be romantic's gaze, however. more than a passive object of the would-be romantic's gaze, however. Indeed, �meditation Indeed, "meditation
  148. and water are wedded,� and the encountering of water often brings on the subjective and water are wedded, "and the encountering of water often brings on the subjective
  149. experience of solitude. experience of solitude. It does so more profoundly for Melville's cabin boy Pip and for Kate It does so more Profoundly for Melville's cabin boy Pip and for Kate
  150. Page 10 Page 10
  151. 4 4
  152. Chopin's Edna Pontellier, whose journeys �down� into water and the ultimate dimensions of Chopin's Edna Pontellier, Whose journeys "down" into water and the ultimate dimensions of
  153. this �magic� require destruction. this "magic" require destruction.
  154. More than seeing water and sitting on a beach draws visitors to Melville's and More than seeing water and sitting on a beach draws visitors to Melville's and
  155. Thoreau's sites. Thoreau's sites. Henry David Thoreau's philosophy of experiencing a life free from being Henry David Thoreau's philosophy of experiencing a life free from being
  156. �frittered away by details,� a life answering his demand to �Simplify! "Frittered away by details," a life answering his demand to "Simplify! Simplify!,� causes Simplify! "Causes
  157. visitors today to seek the same kind of solitude that Thoreau sought in a less populated time. visitors today to seek the same kind of solitude that Thoreau sought in a less populated time.
  158. The teacher in the Times article comes closer to explaining why he was there by suggesting The teacher in the Times article comes closer to explaining why he was there by Suggesting
  159. that Walden is �a state of mind.� This comment suggests also that solitude can adapt. that Walden is "a state of mind." This comment suggests that solitude can also adapt.
  160. Thoreau would not have tolerated the crowds; we can. Thoreau would not have tolerated the crowds, we can. Even though the others whom Rimer Even though the others Whom Rimer
  161. interviews do not express any sentiments even close to that perception, Rimer reports that they interviews do not express any sentiments even close to that perception, Rimer reports that they
  162. still come to the narrow edge of beach with a road surrounding the pond and a highway close still come to the narrow edge of beach with a road surrounding the pond and a highway close
  163. by. by. That they go there to seek solitude even while bringing civilization with them That they go there to seek solitude even while bringing civilization with them
  164. demonstrates the need within for a kind of aloneness, perhaps that unconscious wedding of within demonstrates the need for a kind of aloneness, perhaps unconscious that wedding of
  165. �meditation and water,� at the same time that it shows how hard it is to let go and enter into "Meditation and water," at the same time that it shows how hard it is to let go and enter into
  166. this aloneness. this aloneness. In fact, as will be shown, the �edgeness� itself is an important condition in In fact, as will be shown, the "edgeness" itself is an important condition in
  167. inducing this experience. inducing this experience.
  168. Images of Solitude Images of Solitude
  169. Besides what appears to be the salubrious benefits of solitude--thought, freedom, inner Besides what appears to be the salubrious benefits of solitude - thought, freedom, inner
  170. discovery, prayer, self-accounting--solitude can also result in a kind of peril. discovery, prayer, self-accounting - solitude can also result in a kind of peril. Those who do Those who do
  171. not simply find themselves in moments of solitude but choose it by an act of will, or who are not simply find themselves in moments of solitude but choose it by an act of will, or who are
  172. forced into it against their will--sentenced there either by their community or by an act of God forced into it against their will - sentenced there either by their community or by an act of God
  173. Page 11 Page 11
  174. 5 5
  175. or nature or some force other than human--may experience what at first might appear to be or nature or some force other than human - may experience what at first might appear to be
  176. deleterious effects. deleterious effects. What is termed good for some may be bad for others. What is termed good for some may be bad for others. Examples from Examples from
  177. literature as well as popular culture raise some pertinent questions about the nature and effects literature popular culture as well as raise some pertinent questions about the nature and effects
  178. of the concept of solitude. of the concept of solitude. Questions about these examples also lead to more questions about Questions about these examples also lead to more questions about
  179. American life itself. American life itself. These inquiries could begin with juxtaposing a variety of images. These inquiries could begin with juxtaposing a variety of images.
  180. Through the persona of the correspondent, Stephen Crane in �The Open Boat� Through the person of the correspondent, Stephen Crane in "The Open Boat"
  181. describes what must be a perilous experience: four men adrift in a life boat on the open sea describe what must be a perilous experience: four men adrift in a life boat on the open sea
  182. where �none of them knew the color of the sky� (457), but they all knew the colors of the sea. where "none of them knew the color of the sky" (457), but they all knew the colors of the sea.
  183. They question the �seven mad gods who ruled the sea,� who allow them to see sand and trees They question the "seven mad gods who ruled the sea," who allow them to see sand and trees
  184. while they may be drowned. while they may be drowned. One who comes to that point, observes Crane, wants to throw One who comes to that point, Crane observes, wants to throw
  185. bricks at the temple, only there are no bricks and there is no temple. bricks at the temple, there are not only bricks and there is no temple. The correspondent, to The correspondent, to
  186. whose point of view Crane's narrative is closest, is never named; the only one named is the Whose point of view is closest Crane's narrative, is never named, the only one named is the
  187. oiler, Billie, who drowns, experiencing the solitude of death. oiler, Billie, who drowns, experiencing the solitude of death.
  188. The unnamed woman in Charlotte Perkins Gilman's �The Yellow Wallpaper� is The unnamed woman in Charlotte Perkins Gilman's "The Yellow Wallpaper" is
  189. forced into dependency and solitude in a nursery, and being at the same time forbidden to forced into dependency and solitude in a nursery, and being at the same time forbidden to
  190. write, she goes mad. write, she goes mad. Does near-total enforced solitude devoid of responsibility or creativity Does near-total solitude enforced devoid of responsibility or creativity
  191. cause insanity? cause insanity? Marshall McLuhan observed that �in experiments in which all outer sensation Marshall McLuhan observed that "in experiments In which all outer sensation
  192. is withdrawn, the subject begins a furious fill-in or completion of senses that is sheer is withdrawn, the subject begins a furious fill-in or completion of senses that is sheer
  193. hallucination� (44-45). hallucination "(44-45). Is solitude an experiment in deprivation that issues in an imperative of Is an experiment in solitude that deprivation issues in an imperative of
  194. creativity, to be ignored only at one's peril? creativity, to be ignored only at one's peril?
  195. Page 12 Page 12
  196. 6 6
  197. Scarlett O'Hara in the movie version of Gone with the Wind declares to the empty Scarlett O'Hara in the movie version of Gone with the Wind declares to the empty
  198. barren landscape that she will never be hungry again. sweeping landscape that she will never be hungry again. Director David Selznick draws on the Director David Selznick draws on the
  199. Shakespearean stage convention of the soliloquy for this scene, but it retains an indelible Shakespearean convention of the soliloquy stage for this scene, but it Retains an indelible
  200. power nonetheless. power nonetheless. Does her solitude in untoward conditions create responsibility? Does her solitude in untoward conditions create responsibility?
  201. Robert Frost's persona in �Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening� pauses to Person in Robert Frost's "Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening" pauses to
  202. contemplate as he watches the fields fill up with snow, but though he concedes that �The contemplate as he watches the fields fill up with snow, but though I concede that "The
  203. woods are lovely, dark and deep,� he continues, �But I have promises to keep.� He refrains woods are lovely, dark and deep, "he continues," But I have promises to keep. "He refrains
  204. from delving into the possible dangers of the solitary state with the opposing conjunction but . from Delving into the possible dangers of the solitary state with the opposing conjunction but.
  205. North American Tlingit Indians punished two teenagers who robbed a pizza delivery North American Tlingit Indians punished two teenagers who robbed a pizza delivery
  206. man and beat him on the head with a baseball bat by sending them farther into the Alaskan man and beat him on the head with a baseball bat by sending them farther into the Alaskan
  207. wilderness to experience solitude for a year and to return to the community healed in some wilderness to experience solitude for a year and to return to the community healed in some
  208. way (�Court� A-4). way ( "Court" A-4). What did the elders hope that these recalcitrant tribal members would What did the elders hope that these recalcitrant tribal members would
  209. find alone, apart? Find alone, apart?
  210. A lone student sits in front of her laptop connected by modem to the Internet. A lone student sits in front of her laptop connected by modem to the Internet.
  211. Although alone in her dorm room, she corresponds with unknown new acquaintances. Although alone in her dorm room, she corresponds with unknown new acquaintances. Is she Is she
  212. a secluded writer, or by her connection to others through the typed written word, is she not a secluded writer, or by her connection to others through the written word typed, is she not
  213. alone? alone? Does having an actual but unseen audience alter her solitude? Does having an audience present but unseen alter her solitude? The situation results in The situation results in
  214. a paradox: how can one be alone while at the same time connected to others? a paradox: how can one be alone while at the same time connected to others? Linda Brodkey Linda Brodkey
  215. in �Modernism and the Scene(s) of Writing� admonishes herself, �I must first exorcise the in "Modernism and the Scene (s) of Writing" admonished herself, "I must first exorcise the
  216. image of the writer-writes-alone� (396). image of the writer-writes-alone "(396). (Brodkey's theory will be examined in Chapter 2.) (Brodkey's theory will be examined in Chapter 2.)
  217. Page 13 Page 13
  218. 7 7
  219. Definition Definition
  220. All these questions and examples illustrate the complexity of the concept of solitude. All these questions and examples illustrates the complexity of the concept of solitude.
  221. However, to provide a starting point, a beginning common frame of reference, the definition However, to Provide a starting point, a beginning common frame of reference, the definition
  222. from the Oxford English Dictionary is useful, not to limit or to suggest closure, but to provide from the OED is useful, not to limit or to suggest closure, but to Provide
  223. a consensus, a frame of reference. a consensus, a frame of reference. According to the OED, solitude �is not in common use in According to the OED, solitude "is not in common use in
  224. English until the 17th c. English until the 17th c. In poetry, esp.� (Later in this chapter I will discuss possible causes In poetry, esp. "(Later in this chapter I will discuss possible causes
  225. for this timely emergence.) �Of the 18th century, freq. for this timely emergence.) "Of the 18th century, freq. more or less personified in sense 1 and more or less personified in sense 1 and
  226. 2, or in a blending of these 1. 2, or in a blending of these 1. The state of being alone, loneliness, seclusion, solitariness (of The state of being alone, loneliness, seclusion, solitariness (of
  227. persons) 2. persons) 2. Loneliness (of places), remoteness from habitation; absence of life or stir.� Loneliness (of places), remoteness from habitation; absence of life or stir. "
  228. The synonym aloneness does not necessarily mean being totally alone as a prisoner in The synonym aloneness does not necessarily mean being totally alone as a prisoner in
  229. solitary confinement. solitary confinement. Being alone or being in a solitary state can exist even if a person or Being alone or being in a solitary state can exist even if a person or
  230. character is surrounded by other people. character is surrounded by other people. Hester Prynne in Nathaniel Hawthorne's The Scarlet Hester Prynne in Nathaniel Hawthorne's The Scarlet
  231. Letter , for example, has her illegitimate child Pearl for comfort, but her child is neither her Letter, for example, has her illegitimate child Pearl for comfort, but her child is neither her
  232. lover nor her confidant; Hester and the entire Salem community view her as being alone. lover nor her confidant, Hester and the entire Salem community view her as being alone. If a If a
  233. character perceives himself or herself as being alone, then no matter how many individuals perceived character himself or herself as being alone, then no matter how many individuals
  234. may surround that person, he or she is solitary. may surround that person, he or she is solitary. Solitude, then, takes its definition in relation to Solitude, then, takes its definition in relation to
  235. community. community.
  236. A possible reason the word solitude was not in common use until well into the English A possible reason the word solitude was not in common use until well into the Espa�ol
  237. Renaissance is that the comparatively sparse population of Europe gave little contrast to help Renaissance is that the comparatively sparse population of Europe gave little contrast to help
  238. define its experience as a distinct state. define its experience as a distinct state. Centuries ago, even community existence was Centuries ago, even community existence was
  239. solitary. solitary. Towns were often protected by guarded walls, and banishment to an existence Towns were often protected by guarded walls, and banishment to an existence
  240. Page 14 Page 14
  241. 8 8
  242. outside those walls was terrifying. outside those walls was terrifying. In contrast, the very communities themselves were In contrast, the very communities themselves were
  243. solitary, that is, not well connected, until the rise of nationalism and its supportive networks. solitary, that is, not well connected, until the rise of nationalism and its supportive networks.
  244. Solitude, then, was so intrinsic to mere existence that few examined that state of being, Solitude, then, was so intrinsic to mere existence that few examined that state of being,
  245. though, as rare but exemplary exceptions, saints and hermits may have chosen it. though, as rare but exemplary exceptions, saints and hermits may have chosen it. Then, it was Then, it was
  246. not solitude as such; it was a way of life. solitude not as such, it was a way of life. Another paradox exists here, too, since community Another paradox exists here, too, since community
  247. is everywhere. is everywhere.
  248. Certainly no definitive explanation of the origin of solitude exists; nevertheless, the Certainly no definitive explanation of the origin of solitude exists, nevertheless, the
  249. following works may suggest answers to this problem. following works may suggest answers to this problem. Here I am seeking only to highlight Here I am seeking only to highlight
  250. revealing features of a constellation of conditions, impulses, and expressive forms, revealing features of a constellation of conditions, impulses, and expressive forms,
  251. independent of any notion that American solitude might be different or special. independent of any notion that American solitude might be different or special. In the next In the next
  252. chapter I shall review texts revealing the concept of solitude as crucial to a possible chapter I shall review texts revealing the concept of solitude as crucial to a possible
  253. understanding of nineteenth-century American literature. Understanding of Nineteenth-century American literature.
  254. Historical Representations Historical Representations
  255. Religion seems to occupy a privileged place in the development of the experience of Religion seems to Occupy a privileged place in the development of the experience of
  256. solitude. solitude. A closer look reveals solitude to be part of the development of religion itself, A closer look reveals solitude to be part of the development of religion itself,
  257. specifically in the momentous turn away from tribal religion accomplished in several specifically in the momentous turn away from tribal religion accomplished in several
  258. instances around the globe. instances around the globe.
  259. In the Bhagavad Gita, the Hindu philosopher urges the reader to �Turn all thought In the Bhagavad Gita, the Hindu philosopher Urges the reader to "Turn all thought
  260. toward solitude [. toward solitude [. . . .] Strive without seeking/ To know that Atman/ Seek this knowledge/ And .] Strive without seeking / To know that Atman / Seek this knowledge / And
  261. comprehend clearly/ Why you should seek it� (128). clearly comprehend / Why you should seek it "(128). Here is a notion of detachment. Here is a notion of detachment. The The
  262. reader should seek, find, and know the atman , as I am interpreting it for this study, as the soul, reader should seek, find, and know the atman, as I am interpreting it for this study, as the soul,
  263. Page 15 Page 15
  264. 9 9
  265. as the Godhead found within every human being. the Godhead as found within every human being. The Gita was an important influence on The Gita was an important influence on
  266. American Transcendentalism, of course, and sections of it read as parallel companions to American Transcendentalism, of course, and sections of it read as companions to parallel
  267. many ideas in Emerson. many ideas in Emerson. In �Self-Reliance,� for example, Ralph Waldo Emerson urges his In "Self-Reliance," for example, Ralph Waldo Emerson Urges his
  268. readers to look to no one outside themselves as he advocates a philosophy of individualism, readers to look outside themselves to no one as he advocates a philosophy of individualism,
  269. not one of selfishness. not one of selfishness. He counsels self-trust while searching for the divine spirit which he He counsels self-trust while searching for the divine spirit Which I
  270. claims is within each individual: �the divine idea which each of us represents.� claims is within each individual: "the divine idea Which each of us represents."
  271. In other religious traditions, figures of great men such as Buddha, Jesus, and In other religious traditions, figures of great men such as Buddha, Jesus, and
  272. Mohammed have influenced society by changing history and altering lives. Mohammed have influenced society by altering history and changing lives. Jesus himself Jesus himself
  273. spent forty days in the desert examining his fate, and the early Christian hermits copied his spent forty days in the desert examining his fate, and the early Christian hermits copied his
  274. example by living alone in the desert, praying and contemplating truth. example by living alone in the desert, praying and contemplating truth. The bringer of change The bringer of change
  275. has almost always been masculine, but to varying degrees, worshipers of both genders are has almost always been masculine, but to varying degrees, worshipers of both genders are
  276. enjoined and engaged in that same solitude in that decisive action. enjoin and engaged in that same solitude in that Decisive action. In the Catholic tradition, In the Catholic tradition,
  277. for example, Mary is praised as a virgin, as the mother of Jesus, and, therefore, as the mother for example, Mary is praised as a virgin, as the mother of Jesus, and, therefore, as the mother
  278. of God. of God. Surely she lived in inner solitude, for with whom could she discuss her position as Surely she lived in inner solitude, for With whom could she discuss her position as
  279. the mother of God? the mother of God? In Mary, and in certain other female figures in the religious imagination, In Mary, and in Certain other female figures in the religious imagination,
  280. an important alternative iconology of solitude is implied that is not determined, ascetic, or an important alternative Iconology of solitude is implied that is not determined, ascetic, or
  281. masculine, but inward, quiet, and fertile. masculine, but inward, quiet, and fertile. Her very pregnancy suggests the creative dimension Her very pregnancy suggests the creative dimension
  282. of solitude. of solitude.
  283. From its earliest times Christianity gave rise to writers on solitude or for whom From its earliest times Christianity gave rise to writers on solitude or for whom
  284. solitude had special significance. solitude had special significance. In his autobiographical Confessions , St. Augustine is the In his autobiographical Confessions, St. Augustine is the
  285. seasoned convert remembering his struggle with conversion in order to teach others. convert seasoned remembering his struggle with conversion in order to teach others. His His
  286. Page 16 Page 16
  287. 10 10
  288. questioning and doubting take place in solitude. questioning and doubting take place in solitude. Though he does not even write the name of Though he does not even write the name of
  289. his wife in his teaching text, he has the prayerful support of his mother Monica, so the his wife in his teaching text, I have the prayerful support of his mother Monica, so the
  290. autobiography becomes a reflective and certainly didactic piece written in retrospect. autobiography becomes a reflective and certainly didactic piece written in retrospect.
  291. Augustine forsakes his inquiry into various sects, leaves his dissipated life, and finds God Augustine forsake his inquiry into various sects, leaves his dissipated life, and finds God
  292. within himself. within himself.
  293. Boethius was so confused over his sentencing to death that he wrote The Consolation Boethius was so confused over his sentencing to death that he wrote The Consolation
  294. of Philosophy in prison around the year 524 as an attempt to understand why Lady Fortuna�s of Philosophy in prison around the year 524 as an attempt to understand why Lady Fortuna's
  295. wheel had dealt him such a cruel fate: �You are wasting away in pining and longing for your Dealt wheel had him such a cruel fate: "You are wasting away in pining and longing for your
  296. former good fortune. former good fortune. It is the loss of this which [. It is the loss of this which [. . . .] has so corrupted your mind. .] Has so corrupted your mind. I know the I know the
  297. many disguises of that monster, Fortune, and the extent to which she seduces with friendship many disguises of that monster, Fortune, and the extent To which she seduces with friendship
  298. the very people she is striving to cheat[. the very people she is striving to cheat [. . . . . . . You] did not lose anything of value� (54). You] did not lose anything of value "(54). Would Would
  299. Boethius have written his classic had he not been alone, imprisoned and condemned? Boethius have written his classic had he not been alone, imprisoned and condemned?
  300. What was the social situation before the seventeenth century that caused the editors of What was the social situation before the seventeenth century that caused the editors of
  301. the OED to report that the word solitude was not then in common English use? the OED to report that the word solitude was not then in common use espa�ol? Perhaps Perhaps
  302. individuals were so dependent on the security and maybe even sanctity of community that individuals were so dependent on the security and maybe even sanctity of community that
  303. being alone or remote from habitation often resulted in danger or death. being alone or remote from habitation often search resulted in danger or death. In Plato's Crito In Plato's Crito
  304. Socrates famously rejects an offer to escape from his own death sentence because his life Socrates famously rejects an offer to escape from his own death sentence Because his life
  305. would be worthless outside his polis. would be worthless outside his polis. Solitude in such an instance is equated with a person�s Solitude in such an instance is equated with a person's
  306. perceived aloneness and unprotectedness and is fraught with danger; it has no positive value. perceived aloneness and unprotectedness and is fraught with danger, it has no positive value.
  307. In its pejorative sense solitude connotes terror or misery (trauma). In its pejorative sense connotes terror or misery solitude (trauma). Exile or Exile or
  308. banishment often appears as the punishment closest to death. banishment punishment often appears as the closest to death. In Sophocles' Oedipus the In Sophocles' Oedipus the
  309. Page 17 Page 17
  310. 11 11
  311. King , for example, when Oedipus demands that King Laius's murderer be found, he issues the King, for example, when Oedipus demands that King Laius's murderer be found, he issues the
  312. order: �This murderer, no matter who he is, is banished from the country where my power and order: "This murderer, no matter who he is, is banished from the country where my power and
  313. my throne are supreme� (32). my throne are supreme "(32). Oedipus himself, ultimately, reconciles his fate while blind, and Oedipus himself, ultimately, reconcile his fate while blind, and
  314. alone but for his daughters/sisters, Antigone and Ismene, away from home in Colonus. alone but for his daughters / sisters, Antigone and Ismene, away from home in Colonus. In In
  315. Oedipus at Colonus the language remains constant as Oedipus questions: Oedipus at Colonus the language remains constant as Oedipus questions:
  316. where if anywhere, where if anywhere,
  317. The suffering stranger should look for refuge and help? The suffering stranger should look for refuge and help?
  318. Where are they then for me? Where are they then for me? You would drive me, would You would drive me, would
  319. From my sanctuary, then hound me from your land? From my sanctuary, then hound me from your land? (79) (79)
  320. Theseus echoes Oedipus: �I do not forget my own upbringing in exile,/Like you, and how Theseus echoes Oedipus: "I do not forget my own upbringing in exile, / Like you, and how
  321. many times I battled alone,/With Danger to my life, in foreign lands� (88). many times I battled alone, / With Danger to my life, in foreign lands "(88). Theseus is the Theseus is the
  322. celebrated hero of several myths as well as the legendary king of Athens; the meeting of celebrated hero of several myths as well as the legendary king of Athens, the meeting of
  323. Oedipus and Theseus presents a mutual recognition of heroes. Oedipus and Theseus presents a mutual recognition of heroes. Sophocles' hero figures may Sophocles' hero figures may
  324. experience solitude as humiliation and privation in exile, but they manifest a courage toward experience solitude as humiliation and privation in exile, but they manifest a courage toward
  325. life and death that was tempered in the forge of solitude. life and death that was tempered in the forge of solitude.
  326. The OED definition can also include an extended �solitariness.� For example, Emily The OED definition can also include an extended "solitariness." For example, Emily
  327. in Chaucer's Knight's Tale (from The Canterbury Tales ) prays to Diana to allow her to in Chaucer's Knight's Tale (from The Canterbury Tales) prays to Diana to allow her to
  328. remain alone and not to marry: �Chaste goddess, wel wostow that I/Desire to ben a mayden al remain alone and not to marry: "Chaste goddess, wostow wel that I / Desire to ben a Mayden to
  329. my lyf,/ne nevere wol I be no love ne wyf� (56). my lyf, / ne nevere wol I be no love ne wyf "(56). Though Emily ultimately marries or rather is Ultimately though Emily marries or rather is
  330. forced into marrying Palamon by her brother-in-law Duke Theseus (the same legendary king by Palamon forced into marrying her brother-in-law Duke Theseus (the same legendary king
  331. as in Sophocles), she earlier illustrates an even broader definition of solitude: virginity. as in Sophocles), she illustrates an even earlier Broader definition of solitude: virginity. A A
  332. virgin does not physically know another human being, and hence in its attribute of purity it virgin does not know another human being physically, and hence in its attribute of purity it
  333. stands for the undefiled soul. stands for the undefiled soul. Socially, of course, its significance was usually not so much Socially, of course, its significance was usually not so much
  334. Page 18 Page 18
  335. 12 12
  336. honor in its possession as dishonor in its loss. honor in its possession as dishonor in its loss. Chaucer suggests in the Physician's Tale that Chaucer suggests in the Physician's Tale that
  337. virginity extends to the perception of virginity. virginity extends to the perception of virginity. Virginius beheads his daughter Virginia Virginius beheads his daughter Virginia
  338. because she loses her virginity through Apius' perceived lust for her: Because she loses her virginity through Apius' perceived lust for her:
  339. �Blissed be God that I shal dye a mayde! "Blissed be God that I shal dye a mayda!
  340. Yif me my deeth, er that I have a shame; Deeth Yif me my, er that I have a shame;
  341. Dooth with youre child youe wyl, a Goddes name!� Youe Dooth wyl with your child, a Goddes name! "
  342. And with that word she preyed hym ful ofte And with that word she hym ful ofte Preyer
  343. That with his sword he wolde smythe softe; That with his sword he wolde smythe soft;
  344. And with that word aswowne down she fil. And with that word she fil aswowne down. (193) (193)
  345. In tales of heroic virginity the same steadfast courage of the soul is manifested. In tales of heroic virginity the same steadfast courage of the soul is said. As with the As with the
  346. Virgin Mary, Chaucer's deathbound daughter is isolated in an inner solitude and attains an Virgin Mary, Chaucer's deathbound daughter is isolated in an inner solitude and attains an
  347. inner communion with the absolute, early indications of the existence of a distinctive female inner communion with the absolute, early indications of the existence of a distinctive female
  348. experience of solitude. experience of solitude.
  349. The exploration of inner solitude intensified beginning with the romantics and The exploration of inner solitude Intensified beginning with the romantics and
  350. continued throughout the nineteenth century. continued throughout the Nineteenth century. The OED cites as a representative instance a The OED cites as a representative instance of
  351. sentence from Robert A. sentence from Robert A. Vaughan's Hours with the Mystics (1860), �Solitude brings no Vaughan's Hours with the Mystics (1860), "Solitude brings not
  352. escape from spiritual dangers.� The association of peril with solitude continues, but now escape from spiritual dangers. "The association of peril with solitude continues, but now
  353. being solitary can create or heighten mental peril and not provide an escape from it. being solitary can create or heighten mental peril and not provided an escape from it. Clearly, Clearly,
  354. for the definition of solitude, being remote from others and from an increasingly sensed social for the definition of solitude, being remote from others and from social sensed an Increasingly
  355. web or support is as important as being physically alone. web or support is as important as being physically alone.
  356. Earlier, in the formative days of English romanticism, William Wordsworth wrote his Earlier, in the formative days of Espa�ol romanticism, William Wordsworth wrote his
  357. Lucy poems in Germany, �founded on a true account of a young girl who drowned in a Lucy poems in Germany, "founded on a true account of a young girl who drowned in a
  358. snowstorm� (Abrams 2: 178). snowstorm "(Abrams 2: 178). �Lucy Gray� is subtitled �Or Solitude.� Wordsworth�s "Lucy Gray" is subtitled "Or Solitude." Wordsworth's
  359. persona views Lucy Gray as �The solitary child� even though, of course, she has a family; but Lucy Gray person views as "The solitary child" even though, of course, she has a family, but
  360. Page 19 Page 19
  361. 13 13
  362. in the poem the author, recounting the girl's untimely, unwarranted death, remains solitary in the poem the author, recounting the girl's untimely, unwarranted death, remains solitary
  363. also: also:
  364. Yet some maintain that to this day Yet some maintain that to this day
  365. She is a living child; She is a living child;
  366. [. [. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .] .]
  367. O'er rough and smooth she trips alone, O'er rough and smooth she trips alone,
  368. And never looks behind; And never looks behind;
  369. And sings a solitary song And sings a solitary song
  370. That whistles in the wind. That whistles in the wind. (179) (179)
  371. Here the concept of solitude comes to include an empathy with someone real or imagined as Here the concept of solitude comes to include an empathy with someone as real or imagined
  372. experiencing solitude. experiencing solitude. �Lucy Gray� captures one of Wordsworth's �spots of time,� a moment "Lucy Gray" captures one of Wordsworth's "spots of time," a moment
  373. when time seems to still and to transform ordinary experience into moments of realization. when time seems to still and to transform ordinary experience into moments of realization.
  374. In the twentieth century, Doris Lessing in her short story �To Room Nineteen� In the twentieth century, Doris Lessing in her short story "To Room Nineteen"
  375. examines aloneness. examines aloneness. In her search for solitude, the protagonist Susan Rawlings wants to be In her search for solitude, the protagonist wants to be Susan Rawlings
  376. alone for a few hours, above all � alone and with no one knowing where I am � (emphasis alone for a few hours, above all "alone and with no one knowing where I am" (emphasis
  377. Lessing's). Lessing's). She wants not just to be physically alone but to have no responsibility, not even to She wants not just to be physically alone but to have no responsibility, not even to
  378. have to think of a responsibility. have to think of a responsibility. Not wanting anyone to know where she is physically is Not wanting anyone to know where she is physically is
  379. almost impossible since she has a husband and children who live and care about her. almost impossible since she has a husband and children who live and care about her. She She
  380. attributes part of her need for solitude to �seven devils� (like Stephen Crane's mad gods?) and attributes part of her need for solitude to "seven devils" (like Stephen Crane's mad gods?) and
  381. the rest to a kind of emptiness. the rest to a kind of emptiness. She tries to lose herself in her garden, in a separate room in She tries to lose herself in her garden, in a separate room in
  382. her home that her children call �Mother's Room.� (Unlike Gilman's unnamed woman, home that her children call her "Mother's Room." (Unlike Gilman's unnamed woman,
  383. Lessing's Susan chooses her own room; even Virginia Woolf's room of her own, to be Lessing's Susan chooses her own room, even Virginia Woolf's room of her own, to be
  384. discussed in Chapter 2, works against the protagonist.) And finally she moves herself to a discussed in Chapter 2, works against the protagonist.) And finally she moves herself to a
  385. cheap hotel. cheap hotel. Rather than experiencing a heightened awareness, Susan experiences the total Rather than experiencing a heightened awareness, Susan experiences the total
  386. Page 20 Page 20
  387. 14 14
  388. freedom found only in the grave. freedom found only in the grave. The only way that the protagonist can leave all The only way that the protagonist can leave all
  389. responsibility for living behind is to lie in a fetal position and turn on the gas. responsibility for living behind is to lie in a fetal position and turn on the gas.
  390. Bakhtin and Baudelaire Bakhtin and Baudelaire
  391. Another explanation of the origin of solitude, or at least of the infrequent use of the Another explanation of the origin of solitude, or at least of the infrequent use of the
  392. word solitude until the romantic era and later, may be found in the Introduction to Rabelais word solitude until the romantic era and later, may be found in the Introduction to Rabelais
  393. and His World , by Mikhail Bakhtin. and His World, by Mikhail Bakhtin. What Bakhtin proposes is that inner solitude, later What Bakhtin proposes is that inner solitude, later
  394. referred to as the �interior infinite,� parallels the history of laughter. referred to as the "inner infinite," parallels the history of laughter. A culture of folk humor A culture of folk humor
  395. prevailed in the Middle Ages when, in a carnival atmosphere, individuals participated fully in Prevailed in the Middle Ages when, in a carnival atmosphere, individuals PARTICIPATED fully in
  396. elements of laughter: parades, feasts, animal trainers performing in church rituals, what are elements of laughter: parades, feasts, animal trainers performing in church rituals, what are
  397. considered now as obscene jokes and oaths and curses or billingsgate, emphasizing the now considered as obscene jokes and oaths and curses or Billingsgate, emphasizing the
  398. �unfinished nature of the body� (29). "Unfinished nature of the body" (29). According to Bakhtin this folk humor lasted through the According to Bakhtin this lasted through the folk humor
  399. Middle Ages and into the Renaissance--recall the bawdiness of Shakespeare's fools--but was Middle Ages and into the Renaissance - recall the bawdiness of Shakespeare's fools - but was
  400. suppressed later in the seventeenth century as festivals became part of a family's private life suppressed later in the Seventeenth Century as festivals became part of a family's private life
  401. and not the open participants' entry into the carnival as in earlier centuries. and not the open participants' entry into the carnival as in earlier centuries.
  402. About twenty years ago, I was stunned by seeing a working ferris wheel outside a About twenty years ago, I was stunned by seeing a working ferris wheel outside a
  403. cathedral on a hill top in Barcelona, and I learned that amusements like the current wheel had cathedral on a hill top in Barcelona, and I learned that amusements like the current wheel had
  404. been there in front of that majestic edifice for centuries. been there in front of that majestic edifice for centuries. Another example of carnival exists in Another example of carnival exists in
  405. today's New Orleans Mardi Gras, where people do not merely watch the parade, but they today's New Orleans Mardi Gras, where people do not Merely watch the parade, but they
  406. become the parade; they themselves become carnival. become the parade, they themselves become carnival. More recently, a �happening� or More recently, a "happening" or
  407. phenomenon in the desert of the Far West called �Burning Man� lures people to a gathering phenomenon in the desert of the Far West called "Burning Man" lures people to a gathering
  408. Page 21 Page 21
  409. 15 15
  410. where each one is encouraged to become what he or she is through dance, art, dress, undress, where each one is encouraged to become what he or she is through dance, art, dress, undress,
  411. drama, music, and so on. drama, music, and so on.
  412. After the Renaissance, Bakhtin maintains, laughter with all of its ramifications After the Renaissance, Bakhtin maintains, laughter with all of its ramifications
  413. dwindled from the concept of carnival spirit to a mere holiday mood. dwindled from the concept of carnival spirit to a mere holiday mood. In the literature of the In the literature of the
  414. �seventeenth and early eighteenth century, the grotesque related to the culture of folk humor "Seventeenth and early Eighteenth Century, the grotesque related to the culture of folk humor
  415. was excluded from great literature. was excluded from great literature. [. [. . . .] The feast ceased almost entirely to be the people�s .] The feast almost entirely ceased to be the people's
  416. second life, their temporary renascence and renewal� (33). second life, their temporary renascence and renewal "(33). However, reaction against the However, reaction against the
  417. Enlightenment, against a cold rationalism, led to an individualized carnival, marked by a vivid Enlightenment, against the cold rationalism, led to an individualized carnival, marked by a vivid
  418. sense of isolation. sense of isolation. The romantic grotesque is evidenced in the horror tales of Edgar Allan The romantic grotesque is evidenced in the horror tales of Edgar Allan
  419. Poe, for example. Poe, for example. Laughter turned inward led to terror. Laughter turned inward led to terror. �But Romanticism made its own "But Romanticism made its own
  420. important discovery--that of the interior subjective man with his depth, complexity, and important discovery - that of the inner subjective man with his depth, complexity, and
  421. inexhaustible resources� (44). inexhaustible resources "(44). Bakhtin continues: Bakhtin continues:
  422. This interior infinite of the individual was unknown to the medieval and This infinite interior of the individual was unknown to the medieval and
  423. Renaissance grotesque; the discovery made by the Romanticists was made Renaissance grotesque, the discovery made by the Romanticists was made
  424. possible by their use of the grotesque method and of its power to liberate from possible by their use of the grotesque method and of its power to liberate from
  425. dogmatism, completeness, and limitation. dogmatism, completeness, and limitation. The interior infinite could not have The interior could not have infinite
  426. been found in the closed and finished worlds with its distinct fixed boundaries been found in the closed and finished its distinct worlds with fixed boundaries
  427. dividing all phenomena and values. dividing all phenomena and values. Suffice it to compare the rationalized and Suffice it to rationalize and compare the
  428. exhaustive analysis of interior experience by classicism and images of inner exhaustive analysis of inner experience by classicism and images of inner
  429. life offered by Sterne and the Romanticists. life offered by Sterne and the Romanticists. (44) (44)
  430. Therefore, the infrequency of the concept of solitude until the nineteenth century in America Therefore, the infrequency of the concept of solitude until the Nineteenth Century in America
  431. could have as its origin the change in Europe's attitude toward laughter, as the participation in could have its origin as the change in Europe's attitude toward laughter, as the participation in
  432. humor turned inward and laughter became an element of the grotesque in becoming more turned inward humor and laughter became an element of the grotesque in becoming more
  433. isolated from full participation in community. isolated from full participation in community.
  434. Page 22 Page 22
  435. 16 16
  436. Solitude can exist in a crowd, according to Ralph Waldo Emerson in �Self-Reliance�: Solitude can exist in a crowd, according to Ralph Waldo Emerson in "Self-Reliance":
  437. �It is easy in the world to live after the world's opinion; it is easy in solitude to live after our "It is easy in the world to live after the world's opinion, it is easy in solitude to live after our
  438. own; but the great man is he who in the midst of the crowd keeps with perfect sweetness the own, but the great man is he who in the Midst of the crowd keeps with perfect sweetness the
  439. independence of solitude� (57). independence of solitude "(57). Here Emerson expresses a paradox that is crucial to the Here Emerson express to paradox that is crucial to the
  440. expansion of the idea of solitude in his age. expansion of the idea of solitude in his age.
  441. Emerson's classical-seeming �great man� receives a romantic deepening and more Emerson's classical-Seeming "great man" receives a romantic deepening and more
  442. complex insight in Charles Baudelaire's prose poem �Crowds,� from his 1869 Paris Spleen , complex insight in Charles Baudelaire's prose poem "Crowds," from his 1869 Paris Spleen,
  443. where he writes, �Enjoying a crowd is an art [. where he writes, "Enjoying a crowd is an art [. . . . . bestowed only] on whom in his cradle, a bestower only] on Whom in his cradle, to
  444. fairy has bestowed the love of masks and masquerading, the hate of home, and the passion for fairy has bestower the love of masks and masquerading, the hate of home, and the passion for
  445. roaming� (20). roaming (20). Baudelaire suggests both losing and finding oneself in the crowd, a paradox Baudelaire suggests both losing and finding oneself in the crowd, a paradox
  446. capable of only those who have achieved a comprehension of solitude and can �take a bath of capable of only those who have Achieved a comprehension of solitude and can "take a bath of
  447. multitude.� �Multitude, solitude: identical terms, and interchangeable by the active and fertile multitude. "Multitude, solitude: identical terms, and interchangeable by the active and fertile
  448. poet. poet. The man who is unable to people his solitude is equally unable to be alone in a bustling The man who is unable to people his solitude is Equally unable to be alone in a bustling
  449. crowd� (20). crowd "(20). It is as if Baudelaire is suggesting a real-life application of Bakhtin's interior
  450. infinite as the carnival of participatory laughter leads to interior aloneness.
  451. The solitary and thoughtful stroller finds a singular intoxication in this
  452. universal communion. The man who loves to lose himself in a crowd enjoys
  453. feverish delights that the egoist locked up in himself as in a box, and the
  454. slothful man like a mollusk in his shell, will be eternally deprived of. He I
  455. adopts as his own all the comparisons, all the joys and all the sorrows that
  456. chance offers. (20)
  457. Baudelaire argues that man, more particularly the poet, can be alone in the crowd while at the
  458. same time having �the soul giving itself entire, all its poetry and all its charity, to the
  459. unexpected as it comes along, to the stranger as he passes� (20). Being a physical and mental
  460. Page 23 Page 23
  461. 17 17
  462. part of the crowd and yet distant and separate at will creates a perspective perhaps found only
  463. by the poets and the saints.
  464. The American Tradition
  465. We have examined Hindu, Jewish, Christian medieval, and English and European
  466. romantic expressions of the concept of solitude, all as prologue to the distinctive
  467. developments of this complex of the imagination in the New World. Even superficial
  468. differences between North and South American literature on solitude are revealing. Latin
  469. America's markedly Spanish and Catholic elements distinguish it from the North; the
  470. elaborate masses and festivals celebrating saints for which its cultures are most known in the
  471. United States demarcate a pronouncedly different, more exteriorized sense of community.
  472. Historically it has continued the very forms of cultural expression against which the
  473. Reformation, and especially the English Puritans, revolted. It is interesting to note, then, that
  474. two of the most distinguished and best known books written by Latin American authors in the
  475. twentieth century contain the word solitude ( soledad ): The Labyrinth of Solitude (1950), by
  476. Octavio Paz, and One Hundred Years of Solitude (1966), by Gabriel Garcia Marquez. Both Both
  477. authors were Nobel Prize winners, and for both the concept of solitude is seen as a pure
  478. privation, as a political, cultural, and spiritual lack, the opposite of solidarity and community,
  479. equivalent to the element of fate in Latin American history. The title of Garcia Marquez�s
  480. Nobel acceptance speech, a plea for political and economic reform, was �The Solitude of
  481. Latin America.�
  482. Page 24 Page 24
  483. 18 18
  484. Catholicism has tended to de-emphasize individual reading of the Bible and even to
  485. portray such activity as perilous if one is untrained. Meanwhile, though saints and religious
  486. are frequently portrayed as struggling in solitude with their spiritual lives, the faithful have
  487. mainly been encouraged to tend to their spiritual health by taking part in the rituals of the
  488. liturgical year. Catholicism could be said, without too much exaggeration, to have a
  489. performative notion of community, and thus solitude is held off from religious experience
  490. except in religious writings where it can be of less influence on the general culture. In In
  491. contrast, the Calvinist Puritans of New England, for example, emphasized the need for
  492. community in protecting themselves from the Indians and establishing their theocracy, as the
  493. stark barrenness of the community church lacked the ritual, the icons, and other embodiments
  494. of the performative dimension of community. Their community was real and functional, and
  495. any traces of mere symbolism were transformed in those first New England winters.
  496. But despite the less symbolic and more functional--and more central--notion of
  497. community, a powerful means of individuation apart from the group existed in the
  498. availability--and again, the centrality--of the Bible. There, an individual could ponder,
  499. meditate, and seek a kind of solitude. The Puritans present another kind of paradigm for
  500. Christianity. Their preachers interpreted the Bible, but they allowed individual parishioners to
  501. read and interpret the Bible also. Even within the strict guidelines of doctrinally dictated
  502. interpretation, the experience of reading militated in itself against the total dominance of
  503. community. Later in this study, I will examine how the idea of individual interpretation comes
  504. to Hester Prynne.
  505. Page 25 Page 25
  506. 19 19
  507. From America's earliest beginnings, individuals seeking, enjoying, or being forced
  508. into a solitary state have been part of the American heritage. Puritan leader John Winthrop
  509. was so afraid of what might and what certainly did occur when individuals were allowed to be
  510. alone, to think for themselves, to question authority, and to make their own moral decisions--
  511. the heretic Anne Hutchinson, for example--that before his ship the Arbella ever landed in the
  512. New World in 1630, he exhorted his charges to form a special community, �a city upon a
  513. hill,� that would be as a beacon to all the world. In this utopian city, the individual was to be
  514. subject to the community through love; the concept of solitude is meaningless. Winthrop�s
  515. community would have �many stewards,� to �manifest the work of His Spirit�; every man
  516. would have �need of the other,� and each would contribute food if necessary to another. The The
  517. individuals are members of Christ, and as such will have a �place of cohabitation and
  518. consortship under a due form of government both civil and ecclesiastical,� to improve their
  519. lives by a means of the �conformity and end [they] aim at� (215-16). Winthrop aims at a new
  520. Israel, almost a commune, as all help one another: �we are to walk toward each other with
  521. justice and mercy� (207).
  522. The Calvinist Puritans emphasized the need for community in protecting themselves
  523. from Indians and establishing their theocracy. Although the stark barrenness of the
  524. community church lacked the ritual and the icons usually associated with Anglican and
  525. Catholic churches of Europe, the New England preachers told members exactly how to live
  526. their lives in the community. Often an individual could ponder and meditate and could even
  527. Page 26 Page 26
  528. 20 20
  529. seek a kind of solitude as long as that individual conformed to community ideals. Winthrop�s
  530. �city upon a hill� insists on the need for both mental and actual community.
  531. In this new world, Mary Rowlandson wrote in A Narrative of the Captivity and
  532. Restoration of Mrs. Mary Rowlandson about her being captured by Indians after witnessing
  533. the horrible deaths of her family and the destruction of her home. One child survives, but
  534. later that child too dies as the Indians move from resolve (place) to resolve to prevent their
  535. own capture. Although Rowlandson endures great emotional and physical suffering, intense
  536. deprivation, agony and loss, she remains as stoic as her captors, as evidenced by the style and
  537. diction of her narration. �Yet I see, when God calls a person to anything, and through never
  538. so many difficulties, yet He is fully able to carry them through and make them see, and say
  539. they have been gainers thereby� (340). Rowlandson's Bible, given to her after it was left
  540. behind by another white captive, sustains her during most of her journey. Her enforced
  541. solitude is made bearable; the succor gleaned from her Bible prevents madness.
  542. Rowlandson's solitude was forced upon her, and she reconciled herself to it by interpreting
  543. the Bible to help her understand her fate.
  544. In direct contrast to a loving, gentle God is the God portrayed in Jonathan Edwards�s
  545. sermon �Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God,� expounded during the time of the Great
  546. Awakening. Edwards describes God holding a lone soul like �a spider or some loathsome
  547. insect� over the pit of hell, ready to release him or her into perpetual fire. Does each person
  548. truly experience solitude only in terms of the soul at the moment of death and judgment? His
  549. listeners know that one dies alone, but is the Almighty going to dangle that soul over the abyss
  550. Page 27 Page 27
  551. 21 21
  552. until He decides if the soul is part of the predestined Elected? Or is such terrifying solitude
  553. already a sign of damnation? Solitude in that case would be redefined as abandonment by
  554. God. Edwards's description of the pit and the insect drove sheer terror into the minds of his
  555. congregation. Although congregations heard such a sermon as part of a community, certainly
  556. every scared listener named and counted his or her sins in solitude.
  557. However, the very birth of the Great Awakening was owed to a radically different
  558. experience of solitude, according to Edwards's own testimony in his �Personal Narrative.�
  559. He recalls the birth of his religious sense in his youth, when he would have �sometimes a kind
  560. of vision [. . . .] of being alone in the mountains, or some solitary wilderness, far from all
  561. mankind, sweetly conversing with Christ, and wrapt and swallowed up in God� (468). Later,
  562. he continues, �I walked abroad alone, in a solitary place in my father's pasture, for
  563. contemplation. And as I was walking there, and looking up on the sky and clouds; there came
  564. into my mind, a sweet sense of the glorious majesty and grace of God, that I know not how to
  565. express.� From this moment he dates his �sense of divine things.� Without himself making
  566. this connection, Edwards substantiates the growing sense that solitude characterizes both the
  567. extreme height and extreme depth of human experience.
  568. Both J. Hector St. John de Crevecoeur in Letters from an American Farmer and
  569. Sketches of Eighteenth-Century America , published in 1782, and later Alexis de Tocqueville
  570. in Democracy in America write of Americans shutting themselves up tightly and insisting
  571. �upon judging the world from there� and arguing that the solitude of the New World brings a
  572. �sense of isolation and abandonment.� Crevecoeur writes of letters that may not be elegant
  573. Page 28 Page 28
  574. 22 22
  575. but �will smell of the woods and be a little wild� (41). Tocqueville echoes Winthrop�s
  576. sentiment as he writes, �Each individual stands in solitary weakness; but society at large is
  577. active, provident, and powerful; the performances of private persons are insignificant� (315).
  578. Transcendentalism altered that attitude.
  579. As Puritanism subsided and the colonies grew and other intellectual movements such
  580. as deism influenced writers, the emphasis on community lessened and the importance of the
  581. individual emerged, as evidenced by William Cullen Bryant, Ralph Waldo Emerson, and
  582. Henry David Thoreau. For Bryant the discovery of self through solitary contemplation in a
  583. natural setting will allow one to surmount the fear of death. In �Thanatopsis,� Bryant urges
  584. readers who are overwhelmed by civilization to go alone to Nature: �Go forth under the open
  585. sky, and list/ To Nature's teachings, while from all around [. . . .] / Comes a still voice� (1073).
  586. Ultimately he advises readers to use these teachings to face death bravely:
  587. not, like the quarry-slave at night,
  588. Scourged to his dungeon, but sustain'd and sooth'd
  589. By an unfaltering trust, approach thy grave,
  590. Like one who wraps the drapery of his couch
  591. About him, and lies down to pleasant dreams. (1074)
  592. Bryant's advocacy of pleasurable death may be viewed as possible for Kate Chopin�s
  593. character Edna. Nevertheless, Nathaniel Hawthorne's clergyman in �The Minister's Black
  594. Veil� alienates and mystifies his parishioners as he secludes himself, symbolizing the hidden
  595. sins of all mankind behind a veil of crepe. Before Father Hooper dies, he asks his
  596. parishioners why they tremble so at the sight of his veil and continues: �When man does not
  597. vainly shrink from the eye of his Creator, loathsomely treasuring up the secret of his sin; then
  598. Page 29 Page 29
  599. 23 23
  600. deem me a monster, for the symbol beneath which I have lived, and die! I look around me,
  601. and, lo! on every visage a Black Veil!� (52). In this context, solitude takes on a heightened
  602. significance for those Puritan characters of Hawthorne, implicitly challenging Winthrop�s
  603. communal ideal. With his veil, this romantic Puritan has fashioned a perpetual solitude for
  604. himself in the midst of any crowd or congregation, offering an altered view of mankind and its
  605. infirmity of soul.
  606. Individualism, which, simply stated, acknowledges the individual apart from church
  607. and state, found its way from the European followers of Rousseau to the English romantics
  608. and to the Americas. Washington Irving, for example, was one who drew from the European
  609. romantics while writing in New York. Individualism was a move away from the monarchy to
  610. a new stage of development in the English romantics, for whom the concept of solitude takes
  611. on a transformed and central meaning. One aspect of romanticism holds the individual
  612. superior to community and able to function in an ideal state if all surrounding corruption is
  613. removed. Adapting and extending English and European romanticism in his
  614. Transcendentalist movement, Emerson writes that society everywhere is in conspiracy against
  615. the manhood of every one of its members. Memorable Emersonian lines became touchstones
  616. for the Transcendentalists and anchors for Thoreau's philosophy: �Whoso would be a man
  617. must be a nonconformist�; �Nothing is at last sacred but the integrity of your mind�; �Trust
  618. thyself. Every heart vibrates to that iron string.� Independence emerged as such a primary
  619. concern that critics have sometimes alleged an imbalance in the American psyche away from
  620. community and toward solitariness. William Meyer asserts that the �origin of the work of art�
  621. Page 30 Page 30
  622. 24 24
  623. in America is �not Heideggerian or Wordsworthian� but �Emersonian and Edwardsian�: �the
  624. preference for solitary vision over communal expression; the transformation of Word to
  625. Light� (33). Meyer associates the American conception of solitude with the desire for vision
  626. and the ignoring of oral-auditory experience, which is more connective and involving.
  627. Wordsworth's �I hear!� becomes Emerson's �I see!�
  628. Another aspect of the American definition of solitude that manifests itself as a part of
  629. American romanticism is the role of nature, both the physical surroundings of community and
  630. the discovery that looking to nature in its solitariness can facilitate finding the romantic ideals
  631. within oneself. John Gatta has demonstrated important American precursors in associating
  632. nature and the sublime, including Anne Bradstreet, Edwards, Bryant, James Fenimore Cooper,
  633. and Emerson. His book Making Nature Sacred reproduces WH Stillman's 1857 painting
  634. �Philosophers' Camp in the Adirondacks� (97) as an example of the accepted American
  635. association of nature with mind and spirit. Even more pertinently to our study, he cites the
  636. example of Margaret Fuller, who typically experienced �the mystical spirit-world [. . . .] in
  637. natural settings removed from society� (Gatta 108). In her journal she writes of a spiritual
  638. awakening when she was twenty-one: �she finds herself [Gatta tells us] able to pray only after
  639. she walks out of a church service in Groton, Massachusetts, to wander through the
  640. surrounding fields. [. [. . . .] 'I was for that hour taken up into God'� (108). Fuller's writings as
  641. well as her personality were of some considerable influence on Hawthorne; as we will see
  642. later, this scene foreshadows a scene in Chopin's The Awakening additionally. One might
  643. further be reminded of Dickinson's poem �Some keep the sabbath going to church.�
  644. Page 31 Page 31
  645. 25 25
  646. Thoreau's attempt to live Emerson's Transcendental philosophy found fruition in
  647. Walden , in which he repeatedly emphasizes life and living. In �Where I Lived, and What I
  648. Lived for,� he writes, �I went to the woods because I wished to live deliberately, to front only
  649. the essential facts of life, and see if I could not learn what it had to teach, and not, when I
  650. came to die, discover that I had not lived� (1987). These words not and die are pivotal to the
  651. concept of solitude as it relates to death, the ultimate aloneness of the grave. The agony of
  652. death for Thoreau is his fear, not of dying alone, but of the realization that his life had been
  653. empty, worthless, and meaningless. The chapter titled �Solitude� in Walden has Thoreau
  654. describing a kind of 'doubleness' by which he can separate himself and look at himself as he
  655. �may be either the driftwood in the stream, or Indra [the Vedic king of heaven] in the sky
  656. looking down on it� (90-91).
  657. When the play, it may be the tragedy, of life is over, the spectator goes his
  658. way. It was a kind of fiction, a work of the imagination only, so far as he was
  659. concerned. This doubleness may easily make us poor neighbors and friends
  660. sometimes. [. [. . . .] I find it wholesome to be alone the greater part of the time.
  661. (91)
  662. Thoreau's philosophy of living �deliberately� while experiencing �doubleness,� seeing
  663. himself apart from himself in an objective manner, as he �love[s] to live alone,� figures in the
  664. lives of the characters to be examined in later chapters as they experience their peculiar kind
  665. of solitary life.
  666. Thoreau is one of the world's classic witnesses to the power of solitude to transform,
  667. to bestow on a person the power of indifference. Yet Thoreau writes from a position of well-
  668. being and plenitude. Although he makes much of the thrift with which he has organized his
  669. Page 32 Page 32
  670. 26 26
  671. stay in the woods, his freedom is untroubled by thoughts of survival or of obligation to any
  672. other living person. His chapter �Solitude� readily displays this privileged expansive feeling
  673. as if it were a spontaneous experience of authenticity: �This is a delicious evening, when the
  674. whole body is one sense, and imbibes delight through every pore. I go and come with a
  675. strange liberty in Nature, a part of herself� (86-87). Beginning as someone purely enjoying a
  676. kind of aesthetic delight, Thoreau then transforms himself effortlessly into the selfless
  677. observer of nature: �The bullfrogs trump to usher in the night, and the note of the
  678. whippoorwill is borne on the rippling wind from over the water� (87). This stance of self-
  679. effacement, however, is possible only if one exists in a plenitude of self-enjoyment in the first
  680. place. place. �Sympathy with the fluttering alder and poplar leaves almost takes away my breath;
  681. yet, like the lake, my serenity is rippled but not ruffled.� He is Emerson's all-seeing eye put
  682. into practice: �I have my horizon bounded by woods all to myself, a distant view of the
  683. railroad where it touches the pond on the one hand, and of the fence which skirts the
  684. woodland road on the other. [. [. . . .] I have, as it were, my own sun and moon and stars, and a
  685. little world all to myself.�
  686. Thoreau sees himself mirrored in all his surroundings: �I am no more lonely than the
  687. loon in the pond that laughs so loud, or than Walden Pond itself. [. [. . . .] I am no more lonely
  688. than the Mill Brook, or a weathercock, or the north star, or the south wind, or an April shower,
  689. or a January thaw, or the first spider in a new house� (92). His solitude is delicious to him: �I
  690. never found the companion that was so companionable as solitude� (91); �I have a great deal
  691. of company in my house; especially in the morning, when nobody calls� (92). Solitude makes
  692. Page 33 Page 33
  693. 27 27
  694. the heights available to Transcendentalist Thoreau, yet curiously he seems innocent of any
  695. depths in human experience. �There can be no very black melancholy to him who lives in the
  696. midst of Nature and has his senses still.�
  697. This is not to say that Thoreau's famous experience is without depth. Solitude allows
  698. him to look into himself, where that doubleness resides. �However intense my experience, I
  699. am conscious of the presence and criticism of a part of me, which, as it were, is not a part of
  700. me, but spectator, sharing no experience, but taking note of it; and that is no more I than it is
  701. you� (91). Yet even this revelation of the split nature of the self is not troubling. His
  702. conception even of the forced and fatal experience of solitude is bright and sunny: �I have
  703. heard of a man lost in the woods and dying of famine and exhaustion at the foot of a tree,
  704. whose loneliness was relieved by the grotesque visions with which, owing to bodily weakness,
  705. his diseased imagination surrounded him, and which he believed to be real� (92). One may
  706. want to keep this passage in mind later when considering Herman Melville's Pip and deciding
  707. whether, as death loomed, �relieved� is the best term to describe how the visions Pip
  708. encountered affected him!
  709. I dwell on Thoreau's �Solitude� first of all because of its eminence for any study of the
  710. American conception of solitude but also because it exhibits a pronouncedly masculine and
  711. privileged point of view that emphasizes a buoyant and commanding mood, a surveying view,
  712. and a mirrorlike seeing of himself in the perfection of nature. The texts that this study will
  713. examine contrast those traits with situations of oppression, moods of desperation, and
  714. brooding self-absorption or self-loss. Nature often leads them to the experience of solitude to
  715. Page 34 Page 34
  716. 28 28
  717. which I refer, but the beauty of nature, or its self-affirming qualities, is not always necessary
  718. and does not play a significant role. I am thus compelled by my findings in the texts I have
  719. examined to part company with the ecocritical movement as laid out by Buell, which models
  720. itself on Thoreau's stance and calls, among other things, for a new ecological perspective on
  721. many American works that set the experience of solitude in nature.
  722. Drawing on Buell, but taking a less radical stance that still places the human subject in
  723. the landscape, Randall Roorda's Dramas of Solitude: Narratives of Retreat in American
  724. Nature Writing sees the retreat into solitude as the central drama in American nature writing
  725. (xiii). In these works, Roorda claims, the retreat into solitude is construed as a turning of
  726. one's back on vanity and illusion. Nonetheless, in the writing Roorda takes as paradigmatic--
  727. works by Thoreau, Wendell Berry, William Stafford, and others--this turning is accompanied
  728. by a self-effacement. These narratives �lose the human�; they are �essentially depopulated�
  729. (12). This goes one step too far into the wilderness for my purposes. In purporting to �speak
  730. for� nature, Buell's ecocritical movement ignores to its peril the self-reflective part of the
  731. man-nature connection, which is always, in any case, the darkest, most troublesome, and most
  732. crucial part of the landscape.
  733. That the prospect of the solitariness of death can bring with it a heightened awareness
  734. is suggested by Emily Dickinson in her poem �I Heard a Fly Buzz When I Died�:
  735. I heard a Fly buzz--when I died--
  736. The Stillness in the Room
  737. Was like the Stillness in the Air--
  738. Between the Heaves of Storm-- (465)
  739. Page 35 Page 35
  740. 29 29
  741. Dickinson's poem famously sets the scene for a formal, almost regal transfer of domains from
  742. life to death until the unsettling moment, no less unsettling for having been announced in the
  743. first line:
  744. and then it was
  745. There interposed a Fly�
  746. With Blue--uncertain stumbling Buzz--
  747. Between the light--and me--
  748. And then the Windows failed--and then
  749. I could not see to see--
  750. Clearly, Dickinson is writing, not dying, yet she puts herself or her persona in the situation of
  751. death; without any preconceived notions of what death is like, she achieves a heightened
  752. awareness. The minuscule things in life matter at the time of death. Seeing and hearing an
  753. ordinary fly at the moment of death take on monumental proportions; it is as if the dying
  754. person had never really seen or experienced an insect before. The same sort of heightened
  755. awareness as experienced by Hester Prynne, Pip, and Edna Pontellier will be examined later.
  756. Experiencing solitude in the nineteenth century was not limited to New England or
  757. the South. Americans also experienced the vast emptiness of the western frontier, which
  758. forced a person to contemplate the uncertainty of survival. Community in whatever church
  759. was often a day's carriage ride away. Legend has it that when Daniel Boone saw the smoke
  760. from his neighbor's chimney eighteen miles away, he moved. Such a close distance impinged
  761. on his solitude, his aloneness. Thoreau and Boone would have appreciated Dickinson's poem:
  762. The Soul Selects her own Society--
  763. Then--shuts the Door--
  764. To her divine Majority--
  765. Present no more-- (303)
  766. Page 36 Page 36
  767. 30 30
  768. Dickinson's Soul chooses whether to be alone or not. Thoreau, Dickinson, and Boone eschew
  769. the tenets of Winthrop's Calvinist dictate to form community and to be subservient to it. And
  770. Edgar Allan Poe, the great romantic, ignores community entirely.
  771. What do all of these incidents and examples from literature and life have in common?
  772. All the individuals, real or imagined, experience new thoughts and activities as a possible
  773. result of their solitude or remoteness from others or their perceived aloneness. In the In the
  774. nineteenth-century American literature that I will examine in this study, the characters in
  775. solitude experience sadness, suicide, an awareness of self, or a facet of life on a distinct new
  776. plane or level of awareness. These characters who experience solitude undergo a major
  777. change as a possible result of their solitariness. Winthrop had cause for fear of �wildness,� for
  778. its pull resulted in a series of heretics, whose careers in turn are mirrored by fictional heretics
  779. such as Hawthorne's Hester, Melville's Pip, and Chopin's Edna. Does seeking solitude result
  780. in desperation? I will question whether character changes can be labeled salubrious or
  781. deleterious, or what at first might seem to be a paradox: that characters experience both good
  782. and bad and even satisfactory perilous encounters as a result of their solitude. I will offer
  783. possible reasons for such results. Other questions that I will attempt to answer in this study
  784. include: Why is solitude so important, so life-determining for both female and male
  785. characters? Do women and men experience solitude in the same ways? How is its
  786. significance different for men and women? This study will include texts by both male and
  787. female authors: one woman author who portrays a woman character, one man who portrays
  788. male characters, and one male author who characterizes a woman. No one can know for
  789. Page 37 Page 37
  790. 31 31
  791. certain if all the authors in this study--Nathaniel Hawthorne, Herman Melville, and Kate
  792. Chopin--experienced solitude for a greater or lesser amount of time or in greater or lesser
  793. intensity; nevertheless, to create solitary characters, a writer--a convincing writer--must have
  794. experienced some solitude herself or himself.
  795. In Hawthorne's The Scarlet Letter , in the excerpt on Pip (�The Castaway�) from
  796. Herman Melville's Moby-Dick , and in Kate Chopin's The Awakening , characters experience
  797. solitude either by choice or by fate or both, resulting in different manifestations. American
  798. characters are caught up with this solitary notion that manifests itself in an odd kind of
  799. perilous/beneficial manner.
  800. The concept of solitude forces one to raise questions about whether the effects of
  801. solitude result from the individual's separation from his or her social structure or a negation of
  802. the social structure entirely. Even if one is solitary, is conforming to social structure a
  803. continued obstacle to be faced? Is this conformity the real obstacle? Although the effects of
  804. solitude may include madness, suicide, heightened awareness, and a kind of indifference,
  805. experiencing solitude may result in a kind of pinnacle: a balance, wrought by self-discipline,
  806. that yields self-knowledge and a new accord with the community with which one has been at
  807. odds.
  808. The next chapter presents solitary responses that may answer some of the questions
  809. presented so far. Characters or personae in the following texts may be viewed as heroes or
  810. saints in different traditions. Just as two Tlingit Indians were banished, literally, to an isolated
  811. island in the northern Pacific, so too, for example, do modern Hindu women feel banished
  812. Page 38 Page 38
  813. 32 32
  814. from their mothers' kitchens. Solitary meditation has probably existed since the early hunters
  815. and gatherers, as evidenced by the cave drawings of Lascaux, Altamira, and Siberia. With the
  816. invention of the printing press, the industrial revolution, and so-called modern civilization, the
  817. elite calling of being a writer has become a role available to almost everyone. Virginia Virginia
  818. Woolf's famous need for a room of her own to write has been one important response to this
  819. expanded possibility; another, which I will deal with in the next chapter, is an opposite
  820. response that claims the �writer-writes-alone� idea is fatally flawed and should be discarded
  821. for effective writing in the modern world.
  822. In any case, the myth of the necessity of solitude for writing or contemplation or
  823. personal growth continues. Huge shifts may have taken place in the paradigm as the concept
  824. moved from Europe to the New World and back again. Although the effects of solitude may
  825. change, the need for it remains. Perhaps the repeat visitors to Walden Pond today experience
  826. a situation described by Ralph Waldo Emerson in �Self-Reliance�: �It is easy in the world to
  827. live after the world's opinion; it is easy in solitude to live after our own; but the great man is
  828. he who in the midst of the crowd keeps with perfect sweetness the independence of solitude�
  829. (57). And if it is so effective, why then is such solitude so often feared?
  830. Page 39 Page 39
  831. 33 33
  832. Chapter 2
  833. Review of the Literature of Solitude: The Poet-Thinker
  834. I have never felt lonesome, or in the least oppressed by a
  835. sense of solitude, but once, and that was a few weeks
  836. after I came to the woods, when for an hour, I doubted if
  837. the near neighborhood of man was not essential to a
  838. serene and healthy life. To be alone was something
  839. unpleasant.
  840. --Thoreau, Walden
  841. Cultural Construction
  842. Since I have examined multiple definitions and origins of the concept of solitude, it is
  843. now necessary to examine the effects of that solitary state. I have chosen twelve different
  844. texts by authors from ancient times through the late twentieth century to examine the concept
  845. of solitude from divergent points of view, leading to different and occasionally opposite ideas
  846. as to the consequences or effects of solitude. Examining consequences or effects, however, is
  847. not entirely what this review attempts to show; instead, in this study I am more interested in
  848. what occurs to the individual, either in fiction or nonfiction, as she or he is in solitude. Each
  849. of the authors examined in this chapter illuminates an area of solitude, allowing a
  850. conceptually developed study of the rich presentation of solitude in the fiction of Hawthorne,
  851. Melville, and Chopin to be examined in the next three chapters.
  852. One element that cannot be ignored is that Thoreau might not have tolerated his woods
  853. commercialized, but we can. How has America changed in its capacity to tolerate? How does
  854. Page 40 Page 40
  855. 34 34
  856. solitude �repackage� itself? An understanding of the American past will help connect and
  857. project to the twenty-first century.
  858. In Don DeLillo's White Noise , characters experience an �edgeness� where they meet
  859. and talk with one another, but they filter out the noises and tastes and touches around them
  860. and concentrate on only a portion of what is in their existence. Each character, every one of
  861. them, in spite of their community, blocks the other out. For example, Jack and his collegiate
  862. colleague Murray drive out into the countryside to see �THE MOST PHOTOGRAPHED
  863. BARN IN AMERICA� (12). However, they never �see� the farmhouse. They become part of
  864. the aura of the farmhouse as they watch photographers take pictures of photographers taking
  865. pictures of the vendor selling postcards and slides of the farm.
  866. �No one sees the barn,� he said finally.
  867. A long silence followed. (12) (12)
  868. Having a solitary reaction to the barn is impossible, as Murray insists: �Being here is a kind of
  869. spiritual surrender. We see only what the others see. The thousands who were here in the
  870. past, those who will come in the future. We've agreed to be part of a collective perception.
  871. [. [. . . .] We can't get outside the aura. We're part of the aura. We're here, we're now� (12-13).
  872. The hordes who flocked to Walden Pond have also created their own �aura,� and only
  873. a privileged few see through and beyond it. DeLillo makes contemporary readers aware that
  874. we are now our own worst enemies in blocking the experience of solitude, which may be
  875. tantamount to blocking the capacity to experience at all. Perhaps something has finally been
  876. snuffed out and solitude no longer yields its magic to the plugged-in generation? Or does the
  877. Page 41 Page 41
  878. 35 35
  879. incapacity for solitude mean a decreased capacity for something else empathy, for instance?
  880. appreciation of things independent of ourselves? having a self at all?
  881. A Perilous Place
  882. A writer writes alone: in Fifty Days of Solitude author Doris Grumbach secludes
  883. herself in �frozen, snow-filled country� along the Maine coast to �become Thoreau�s
  884. unsuccessful writer, searching desperately for ideas� (2-3). Grumbach asks herself, �Was I all
  885. outside ? Was there enough inside that was vital, that would sustain and interest me in my
  886. self-enforced solitude?� (3). The Boston Globe hailed this thin volume as �a travelogue for
  887. those for whom the world is too much with them� and an �account of a journey to a remote,
  888. enticing, and perilous place� (114/95). That �perilous place� becomes not so much the hostile
  889. outdoors environment but what happens to Grumbach's spirit as she lives and thinks inside
  890. her solitary retreat.
  891. Throughout her memoir, Grumbach refers to authors and painters who influence her
  892. thinking. She reminds herself, for example, of the painter Effling, who spent a year in a cave
  893. and came �to realize he had to devise a disciplined life� (5). Parts of her book remind the
  894. reader of Thoreau, especially her descriptions of snow and winter. Her art selections,
  895. photographs, short biographies, and descriptions of her daily routine all emphasize the
  896. salubrious effects of solitude upon her personality. Grumbach decides that �order, sequence ,
  897. is a secret of being alone� (Grumbach's emphasis; 6) and so orders her days into a kind of
  898. routine. Gaston Bachelard suggests that in recursive solitude things that are recursive tend to
  899. isolate themselves from their environment; they therefore become more intense and isolated.
  900. Page 42 Page 42
  901. 36 36
  902. Since silence is a mortal quality, Grumbach writes that �uninterrupted sleep is a foretaste, a
  903. trial run, for what is to come, the pleasure of death� (7). Some of her musings about living a
  904. solitary life and contemplating death sound like Bryant's poetry; they also mirror thoughts of
  905. each of the main characters to be examined in the chapters to come. Solitude, silence, the self,
  906. and death are all inexorably connected.
  907. Nevertheless, Fifty Days is not lugubrious but rather a paean to the joys and benefits of
  908. being alone, often reminding the reader of what the painter Edward Hopper claims, that
  909. �living in the world [. . . .] we are nonetheless alone and lonely� (Grumbach 14). At times,
  910. Grumbach is a bit frightened. �Searching for the self when I was entirely alone was
  911. hazardous� (18), she writes, echoing Virginia Woolf since Grumbach too has a room of her
  912. own--the entire cottage--for these fifty days. She adds, �For too long women have existed in
  913. groups� (19), a first intimation of a question to be touched on repeatedly in this study: the
  914. special character of solitude for women's experience and imagination. After Grumbach
  915. accepts her aloneness, she comes �to look hard at what [she] did not notice before and even
  916. harder at what is not there� (24). Bachelard refers to the imagination in relation to the real
  917. and the unreal as analogous to scientific knowledge in that it covers both the known and what
  918. is unknown or undiscovered. In Bachelard's view, both the real and the unreal are perfectly
  919. real, so there is nothing truly unreal.
  920. Occasionally Grumbach chastises herself: �In the silence I eagerly sought, I could hear
  921. myself think, and what I heard was, sadly, often not worth listening to� (51). Her descent into
  922. self continues, and then she realizes that the silence makes noise until the entire �odious
  923. Page 43 Page 43
  924. 37 37
  925. concept of sharing disappeared� (81). She does, however, share her thoughts with the reader,
  926. who alone seems privy to an earned and only provisional community. As she explains, �In
  927. this way, metaphorically, I now needed to live, with the top layer of my person known to the
  928. outside world and displayed for social purposes. But, close to the bone, there had to be an
  929. inner stratum, formed and cultivated in solitude where the essence of what I was, am now, and
  930. will be, perhaps, to the end of my days, hides itself and waits to be found by the lasting
  931. silence� (113). Self-discovery approaches metamorphosis here, for as the discovery of the
  932. most foundational stratum of the self is also a new revelation that changes her. Solitude as
  933. metamorphosis--its liminal power--will also be a focus in the chapters to come.
  934. However, almost hidden in Grumbach's recounting of the salubrious benefits of
  935. secluding oneself in solitude is the devastating story of the college student from Alaska she
  936. knew who could not tolerate the loneliness when he was returned to his family after a suicide
  937. attempt. The poet-student tries to take his life while surrounded by the university but
  938. succeeds only after he is returned to his family and their home. Why does Grumbach include
  939. this haunting narrative after she herself works through all the hazards and contradictory
  940. benefits of her own enforced solitude? Perhaps she wishes to tell her readers that everyone
  941. needs that �inside� and �outside� self, and this student could not tolerate his life �outside.�
  942. The loneliness was overwhelming for him. Also, the author suggests that only those who are
  943. older and have sufficient strength and wisdom can endure solitude. (It will be important to
  944. assess just how much wisdom, age, and strength the nineteenth-century American characters
  945. in this study have to draw on.) Although Grumbach relies on her own personal resources, that
  946. Page 44 Page 44
  947. 38 38
  948. one horrific story at the book's conclusion almost negates all the quotations, references, and
  949. allusions to the wonder and contentment that she finds in living alone.
  950. After these vignettes we must ask, does solitude require an aloneness within the
  951. whole? Fifty Days of Solitude , as a memoir of musings and insight, attests to the beneficial
  952. solitary state, except that the suicide haunts both the author and the reader. Grumbach silently
  953. chastises herself, suggesting that she could have responded to the student in some special way
  954. and that perhaps her intervention might have prevented that student's death.
  955. Does the student who commits suicide do so because of the attraction or perceived
  956. attainment of a higher level of awareness, or because he was repulsed by his own
  957. comprehension of his present life? Did he think that he was going to a better place, to
  958. perhaps, as William Cullen Bryant writes, to �lie down with patriarchs and kings�? It does
  959. not matter. Grumbach works through her use of solitude; the student does not. Nevertheless,
  960. Grumbach holds herself partially responsible for his death because she did not respond to his
  961. needs. That one incident undermines all her listings of the benefits of solitude. The drama of
  962. removal and discovery focuses intensely on self, but in real time it is intertwined inextricably
  963. with other dramas to which the seeker remains tied. Solitude is a kind of fiction, one in which
  964. a truth can be revealed.
  965. Connecting Strands
  966. In Women and Solitude: The Center of the Web , twenty professional women define
  967. their concepts of solitude as a personal experience, narration, or description, relying on
  968. explanations and interpretations from DW Winnicott, Anthony Storr, Tillie Olsen, Virginia
  969. Page 45 Page 45
  970. 39 39
  971. Woolf, and May Sarton, among others. Jacqueline Jones Royster, editor and director of a
  972. university writing center, offers a definition: �Ultimately, I came to understand distinctions
  973. among solitude, loneliness, isolation and alienation, and across the matrix of these
  974. experiences, I learned to appreciate the power of solitude� (35).
  975. This collection is divided into three sections: Solitude and Identity, Solitude and
  976. Culture, and Solitude and Work. In all essays, the authors either choose solitude at some time
  977. in their lives or else have solitude forced upon them briefly. All of the writers appear to grow
  978. or mature or gain some insight from having had the experience of solitude. Most of the ideas
  979. that each woman discusses have been referred to earlier in this study, yet some of their
  980. interpretations and explanations add to the understanding of this complex concept.
  981. Editor Delese Wear's introductory essay in the volume, �A Reconnection to Self:
  982. Women and Solitude,� explains the volume's subtitle:
  983. I, the spinner of my web, was at the center, but it was a center that existed
  984. within the architecture of the rest of the web. The threads leading outward and
  985. around were essential, reassuring, and secure. [. [. . . .] I've come to realize that
  986. webs are also structures where we can get caught, [. . . .] painful experiences of
  987. being tangled in the webs of heterosexist, racist, patriarchal cultures. When
  988. caught in a web, spinning is wearisome, often impossible; connections are
  989. difficult and knotted. (xi)
  990. For Wear and for several of the essayists, the web is a metaphor for construction of one's life
  991. and ultimately for being caught in the center (though perhaps �caught� is too pejorative a
  992. term). Nevertheless the web holds the person and in some instances overcomes the person
  993. while in isolation. But the web is connected to itself and to a kind of supporting system, and
  994. through those connections, the writers are never totally solitary. Because of the connecting
  995. Page 46 Page 46
  996. 40 40
  997. �strands,� these women can discuss solitude in terms of their own personal identity, solitude
  998. as it relates to the culture surrounding them, and solitude as experienced in the workplace. To
  999. be isolated, one must be in the center, yet identity is related to how the web �spins out� to
  1000. culture. Even work may have the effect, for example, of �spinning� out. Since no one can be
  1001. totally solitary, the metaphoric web works to describe women's lives as webs and women as
  1002. individuals who have the �abilities to influence the method and direction of our spinning.�
  1003. Wear describes this solitude as �a more ethereal (although often literal) kind of shelter
  1004. in order to think and reflect and often create, away from others we care for and about--
  1005. children, friends, parents, students, partners� (Wear's emphasis; xii). Wear argues for the
  1006. importance of solitude in comprehending work and identity and culture. Solitude is necessary
  1007. as a �respite for reflection on identities� (xiv). For Wear, solitude is �a condition/place to
  1008. replenish our spirits, live, and often to work--separate from the other lives we live within the
  1009. many kinds of families we've created.� It becomes clear that for women much more than for
  1010. men, solitude is not a simple autonomous decision one can make at any time, like Thoreau�s
  1011. determination to live deliberately; it is rather a refuge and a reconnection that one may never
  1012. be afforded as thoroughly as one desires.
  1013. Editor Wear summarizes some of the essayists' main tenets in her introduction. Lynne
  1014. McFall, a philosopher, writes that �to become an individual requires solitude and suffering.
  1015. To survive and develop as an individual requires the capacity to 'stand alone' to think and feel
  1016. and speak for oneself.� Mara Sapon-Shevin, a professor of education, writes of her changing
  1017. experiences of solitude from childhood to the present �as uncloseness, as alienation, as
  1018. Page 47 Page 47
  1019. 41 41
  1020. disempowerment, as hiding, as vulnerability, and finally coming to realize solitude as a
  1021. potentially affirming experience.� Jo Anne Pagano writes, �I can be alone because I know
  1022. that I am connected. The world does not fade when I am in solitude because it is only in the
  1023. world and in my connection to others in it that I am myself.� Beth Rushing �posits that 'we
  1024. are [. . . .] more aware of solitude if our surroundings constantly serve as a reminder of our
  1025. solitude, thus heightening the sensation'--such as being alone amidst a crowd� (xv). Other Other
  1026. writers define their relationship to both solitude and community �through the lenses of
  1027. difference and isolation imposed by racist, heterosexist, patriarchal cultures� (xv).
  1028. Wear asserts, �I want not just a room of my own; I want figurative space in my life�
  1029. (4). That statement echoes what best exemplifies my ideas of solitude and its value for the
  1030. life of the mind, a life of reading and writing, to be found in a room of one's own while
  1031. breaking away and reuniting with community again. Ellen Michaelson, medical doctor,
  1032. writing in �Solitude and Work,� struggled with her desire to be a writer. �I do not think I am
  1033. antisocial any more because I want to be alone or write, or even just to be by myself. Now I
  1034. can freely choose to open the closed door� (234). Virginia Woolf would approve.
  1035. Issues of solitude and community are paradoxically wound together in a particular web
  1036. described in �Inner Life Outer World: Women and Solitude in India,� by Darshan Perusek. In In
  1037. her essay, Perusek lists dozens of rules, restrictions, and burdens placed on women in India:
  1038. the obligation to the omnipotent husband, the requirements to bear children, the neglect of
  1039. female babies, the lack of support for women's education, the absence of sexual satisfaction,
  1040. the number of women who figuratively and sometimes literally die when their husbands die,
  1041. Page 48 Page 48
  1042. 42 42
  1043. the missing security for females once they leave the home, the dire poverty of elderly widows,
  1044. and so on. Perusek narrates how she escaped (my word, not hers) her mother's kitchen and
  1045. the impositions of class/caste to become an assistant professor of English at the University of
  1046. Wisconsin-Stout and an editor of an international magazine. When she returned to Wisconsin
  1047. from a visit to India, she wrote, �In truth, my spirits protested against the quiet and contrast to
  1048. India� (118). She recalls that she did not have a room of her own and narrates how when
  1049. reading that David Copperfield was ordered to go to his room, she had �as little a notion of
  1050. what this meant as [she] had of a 'host of golden daffodils'� (121). She likens houses in
  1051. Wisconsin to fortresses, whereas in India home had nothing to do �with privacy or personal
  1052. space� (122). For Perusek, community is the parents' home where
  1053. the two dominant themes of songs women sing should be the harshness of life
  1054. in the husband's home and the loss of the sweet joys of the parents' home.
  1055. [. [. . . . . T]he parental home [. . . .] is still the only place where they remember being
  1056. loved and cared for, and to which after being married they cannot return except
  1057. for brief visits, and that only so long as the mother is there to welcome her.
  1058. [. [. . . .] What truly crushes us, what truly makes us homeless and alone, is the
  1059. silence in which our deepest needs and longings go unheard. (126-27)
  1060. Perusek adds an �Afterword� to her personal essay as she describes renting an entire
  1061. house in Wisconsin where she had room enough for a separate study. She carefully describes
  1062. how the room is furnished with desk, chair, shelves, lamp, and how �the study looks beautiful,
  1063. except [she doesn't] work there� (131). She continues: �I have gradually sneaked everything I
  1064. need back to the kitchen table, which is where I have worked all my life. I felt an exile in my
  1065. study, banished from the sights and sounds of life, condemned to an intolerable solitude. The The
  1066. pages on which I write are sometimes marked with tea stains and the yellow of turmeric. But
  1067. Page 49 Page 49
  1068. 43 43
  1069. I don't care. I'm back where I feel at home. In my kitchen.� The word sneaked suggests that
  1070. even in Perusek's freedom as an independent woman, she feels constrained or compelled by
  1071. mores from her past. Nevertheless, her writing in the kitchen alone represents both elements
  1072. of the web: comfortable because of connectedness to that community which she experienced
  1073. in her mother's home. And the comfort she derived from that memory makes her comfortable
  1074. in solitude. Perusek's kitchen is solitary, yet it is not solitary for her at all.
  1075. A more recent volume, Herspace: Women, Writing, and Solitude , edited by Jo Malin
  1076. and Victoria Boynton, has followed in the path of Wear's originative collection. The The
  1077. cumulative effect of most of the essays in this volume is to elevate the house with a single
  1078. female owner-occupant to the level of an iconic image, as a means of self-communion. �My
  1079. house,� volunteers Malin, �is a lovely piece of tangible beauty that enhances my life as a
  1080. solitaire� (8). Her way is radically different from the way American men have imagined the
  1081. sublimity of solitude, as Malin acknowledges in referring to this collection of essays as
  1082. presenting �alternatives to the history of class-bound, masculine models of the creative
  1083. process.� Does it also lead one to question whether such companionship, even with
  1084. something inorganic and personified, forestalls a more authentic experience of solitude? Or is
  1085. it a genuinely alternative experience of the bliss of solitude?
  1086. Using the image of the social web that is central to Wear (whom she cites), Malin
  1087. remarks that �for [her . . . .] the web is once-removed; there is a neutral, peaceful space
  1088. between the web and [her].� She continues, �It is the open space 'around' the work that living
  1089. alone gives me and that I find so valuable in helping me to achieve focus and be more
  1090. Page 50 Page 50
  1091. 44 44
  1092. productive� (7). Bachelard provides a terminology for this space in Lisa Johnson's essay �A
  1093. Veritable Guest to Her Own Self� in this volume. Johnson takes the concept of felicitous
  1094. space from Bachelard, who means by it �a mode of inhabiting space [. . . .] experiencing
  1095. aloneness with one's surroundings� and their �resonance with the human imagination�
  1096. (Johnson 97). Malin paraphrases this approach: �Women deal creatively with the spheres
  1097. accorded to men and women by reconceiving enclosures as refuges, recasting the imprisoning
  1098. house as a space of creativity,� and associating domesticity with �spiritual growth, autonomy,
  1099. and continuity� (Malin 11). If women's experience is to be taken into account, then the quest
  1100. for creative solitude leads indoors as well as out, it seems. A reexamination of Woolf�s
  1101. famous essay on this subject is in order.
  1102. Shakespeare's Sister
  1103. In 1929, Virginia Woolf's definitive long essay on women and their writing fiction
  1104. was published. Based upon two papers read to the Arts Society, Woolf's piece argues for
  1105. women's solitude in that they need a room of their own with a lock on the door and the
  1106. financial security to retreat to that room to write fiction. It is important to note that in A Room
  1107. of One's Own , women who want to write or who feel a need to express themselves through
  1108. the written word must have more than just a place to write: They need a physical place that
  1109. can be locked from the inside. (Gilman's female character is locked in her room from the
  1110. outside, and her solitude is one in which she is forbidden to write.) Also, Woolf argues that
  1111. women must have the financial security to attempt the writing without fear of reprisals from
  1112. anyone on whom they depend and without the added responsibility of having to write to
  1113. Page 51 Page 51
  1114. 45 45
  1115. provide substance for themselves or others. The room must become a kind of retreat, a
  1116. situation for women to write in security and freedom, alone. Despite the contrary view of
  1117. those like Linda Brodkey, whose article we will examine shortly, Woolf's argument, written
  1118. almost seventy years ago, has not changed much for women seeking the opportunity for
  1119. creative thought.
  1120. �Is the charwoman who had brought up eight children of less value to the world than
  1121. the barrister who had made a hundred thousand pounds?� (60) asks Woolf. Apparently so.
  1122. Unlike Woolf's celebrated �Shakespeare's sister� who was denied her room, a woman
  1123. who wishes to write at all has to have access not only to a private room but to other rooms that
  1124. were often denied to women sixty years ago. Woolf recounts her being denied entrance to �a
  1125. famous library,� where �an unending stream of gold and silver, [she] thought, must have
  1126. flowed into this court perpetually to keep the stones coming and the masons working� (4):
  1127. and I thought of the organ booming in the chapel and of the shut doors of the
  1128. library; and I thought how unpleasant it is to be locked out; and I thought how
  1129. it is worse perhaps to be locked in; and, thinking of the safety and prosperity of
  1130. the one sex and of the poverty and insecurity of the other and of the effect of
  1131. tradition and of the lack of tradition upon the mind of the writer, I thought that
  1132. at last that it was time to roll up the crumpled skin of the day with its
  1133. arguments and its impressions and its anger and its laughter, and cast it into the
  1134. hedge. (40-41)
  1135. The reader must assume that in spite of her exclusion, like Camus's Sisyphus, Woolf is
  1136. �happy.�
  1137. Banishing the Romantic
  1138. The notion of a view of private existence forms Linda Brodkey's argument in her
  1139. essay �Modernism and the Scene(s) of Writing.� Brodkey musters all aspects of the
  1140. Page 52 Page 52
  1141. 46 46
  1142. modernist movement to debunk the concept of the solitary writer �alone in a cold garret
  1143. writing into the small hours of the morning by the thin light of a candle� (396). For Brodkey,
  1144. modernism, with its response to revolution, culture, intellectual queries, spiritual upheavals,
  1145. social problems, and vagaries in language, has destroyed the romantic image of the writer-
  1146. writes-alone. This familiar icon as a �romantic representation of the production of canonical
  1147. literature� is for her �an image of economic, emotional, and social deprivation.� Brodkey
  1148. forces herself to �exorcise� the image of the solitary writer since she teaches students her own
  1149. techniques �that rest on principles of revision and response� (397). Brodkey's argument rests
  1150. on her assumption that good writing cannot exist without a specified audience. Those of us
  1151. who teach students to recreate a garret and conduct research on those students' writing make
  1152. that garret into a �laboratory, the author a subject, the reader a researcher, and reading an
  1153. analysis of data.� Brodkey argues that disrupting the scene of writing through acts of the
  1154. imagination will revise the scene to accommodate students and self, as writers as well as
  1155. recorders.
  1156. For Brodkey, the solitary writer is �an amanuensis, making transcriptions a synecdoche
  1157. of writing� (398). No imagination enters Brodkey's image, nor does the text even begin to
  1158. represent a total experience. When we (Brodkey and other writers) seek solitude necessary for
  1159. writing, we may experience �moments when the solitude overwhelms us, when we cannot
  1160. recall our reasons for doing so� (398). She goes on to say:
  1161. [In modernism] the metaphor of solitude is reiterated in the themes of
  1162. alienation in modern art and atomism in modern science. In much of literary
  1163. modernism, solitude is at once inevitable and consequential, the irreconcilable
  1164. human condition from which there is no escape. And whenever writers are
  1165. Page 53 Page 53
  1166. 47 47
  1167. pictured there, as they often are, the writer-writes-alone is a narrative of
  1168. irreconcilable alienation, a vicarious narrative told by an outsider who observes
  1169. rather than witnesses life. (398)
  1170. Brodkey further argues, �In the scene of writing [. . . .] the writer-writes-alone is an
  1171. image in which the writer is made to appear a prisoner of both language and society, for the
  1172. scene resembles nothing so much as a cell� (399). Brodkey does concede that the picture of
  1173. the writer-writes-alone exists but takes issue with the �unexamined assumption that this and
  1174. only this moment counts as writing.� Ultimately she is at pains to transform the image of the
  1175. writer's solitude from a romantic image to �a metaphor for the isolation of modern man�
  1176. (404). To write alone is to write as if possessed by writing, contends Brodkey, extending her
  1177. argument; and this possessed writing, the most intense image of writing, thus paradoxically
  1178. denies authorship. This is an interesting but overextended claim, as is her contention that
  1179. writing alone robs authenticity and engagement from the writer by banishing time from his
  1180. writing. writing. For centuries of poets, negating time was a passionately wished-for goal. A case can
  1181. be made that human existence is characterized by shuttling between engagement in and
  1182. detachment from time.
  1183. Brodkey reminds readers that the �prisoner of writing is irrevocably male� (406).
  1184. Women are not the writers but the �women who support men who write, a muse or a mistress,
  1185. a doting mother, wife, or sister.� Although Brodkey acknowledges Woolf's assertion that
  1186. women need a room of their own in order to write, Brodkey echoes Woolf's question about
  1187. who shares the room and on what terms. By questioning the terms of occupancy, Woolf
  1188. connects writing both to writers and to the world. �She [Woolf] argues that writing, once a
  1189. Page 54 Page 54
  1190. 48 48
  1191. closed shop, is now an occupation open to those few women fortunate enough to learn and
  1192. practice it.� Woolf's room for women writers is about having the time and a place in which to
  1193. write. The scene is then pragmatic rather than romantic. Brodkey continues:
  1194. While the scene of writing guarantees the consequences (Literature), it is as
  1195. much a mystery to the writer as it is to us why he, rather than someone else, is
  1196. the prisoner of writing. He is elected to write, she selects to write; the scene
  1197. mystifies writing, the room demystifies it; he is alone, she is in the company of
  1198. other writers (writing is a house with many rooms); he is product, she is
  1199. process. (407)
  1200. The scene of writing, the garret, �frees writers from the world only to make them prisoners of
  1201. writing� (408). For Brodkey, the modernist writer bears little responsibility for either the
  1202. world or the word. �The writer in the scene of writing is the victim of both the word and the
  1203. world, he who mediates the sacred word is in a profane world.� Hence, �the act of writing is
  1204. at once a practical and radical demonstration, in which every writer protests the implausibility
  1205. of language in a world where words might mean anything or everything, but somehow mean
  1206. neither as much nor as little as we wish� (409).
  1207. Brodkey calls for a revision of the scene of writing to reexamine the social and
  1208. political consequences of the scene: �What I have in mind calls for an act of imaginative
  1209. resistance� (413). She wants writers to come out of the garret: �A descent from the garret will
  1210. of course be an excursion into the very social, historical, and political circumstances from
  1211. which garrets have been defending us.� She does concede Woolf her �room� but only if the
  1212. writer can escape from that room: �[One] must have resided however briefly in the room, even
  1213. to imagine oneself as a member of a community of writers� (414). Brodkey argues that the
  1214. writer must come down-- descend , which is Camus's word, too--as if the room is lofty and
  1215. Page 55 Page 55
  1216. 49 49
  1217. what Brodkey advocates is not--and participate in collaboration. Brodkey cites the research of
  1218. Nan Elsasser and others who document the great strides made by women in underdeveloped
  1219. countries who verged on the illiterate but wrote successfully in collaboration. Brodkey does
  1220. argue, however, that collaboration is a means to an end and that it is not the end itself. She
  1221. argues for the extension of the National Writing Project (of which I have been a participant),
  1222. where teachers teach each other how to write and share their writing. Although I shared in
  1223. that writing, I would take issue with Brodkey's assertions; as a member of that project, I still
  1224. did most all of my writing alone, in my own special garret.
  1225. Finally, Brodkey argues for the need to �transform pedagogy by institution writing as a
  1226. social and material political practice in which writers endeavor to reconstruct society even as
  1227. they construct and critique their understanding of what it means to write, learn to write, teach
  1228. writing, and do research on writing� (415). Brodkey does present a challenge to the romantic
  1229. notion of the need for solitude in writing. She asks that the whole notion be rethought and
  1230. argues that the writer descend from the garret to a kind of collaborative setting.
  1231. Nevertheless, solitude must be defended on new grounds as an inquiry into the deep
  1232. structure of what constitutes being alone. Even a woman in her room alone writing is not
  1233. quite alone. Her entire existence, found in her frame of reference, is there with her. Yet,
  1234. today, when we think of writing, we think of a scene that is precisely that romantic image of
  1235. solitude. Brodkey does not see this scene, though she thinks about herself writing. For her
  1236. the romantic scene does not allow for revision or response, but does this flawed image harm
  1237. the writing as she seems to think that it does? Even the title of her argument includes multiple
  1238. Page 56 Page 56
  1239. 50 50
  1240. �scene(s) of writing,� and Brodkey herself experiences the scene. While the scene for her is
  1241. wrong because it does not match her ideal of the collective, we have to ask if that makes it
  1242. harmful. Characters in this study will be seen as existing alone, but does that aloneness make
  1243. their situation harmful? Or does that solitariness result in some other situation? For Brodkey,
  1244. teachers, students, and researchers are influenced by the scene of writing. She does concede
  1245. and agree with Woolf that writers need solitude to write and that the solitude can momentarily
  1246. break our contact with the community. The writer in the scene is isolated from reality, and
  1247. writing is independent of the writer for Brodkey, creating an identity of its own. For the For the
  1248. authors in my study, the writing is a part of themselves. If writing is an entity of its own, does
  1249. this mean that the image of the writer is not responsible for the image of the writing?
  1250. Night Is Not Night Enough
  1251. Although Brodkey's is a radically one-sided argument, she is able to maintain her
  1252. position because there is an irreducibly communal element in language. Yet perhaps writing
  1253. is not entirely in harmony with language as communication; perhaps there is always also an
  1254. irreducible element of difference, newness, strangeness; otherwise why write? Thus distance
  1255. from community reenters the equation, and one returns to the scene of writing with a new
  1256. appreciation of the self-making and self-expressing potential of solitude.
  1257. In contrast to Brodkey's dismissal of the writer-writes-alone scene, Anthony Storr in
  1258. Solitude: A Return to the Self quotes Kafka: �That is why one can never be alone enough
  1259. when one writes, why there can never be enough silence around one when one writes, why
  1260. even night is not night enough� (103). Published in 1988, psychiatrist Storr's definitive work
  1261. Page 57 Page 57
  1262. 51 51
  1263. on the subject of solitude written for a lay person describes how solitude has affected writers,
  1264. artists, composers, and others through the ages in both beneficial and harmful ways. Storr
  1265. contrasts the �two opposing drives [that] operate throughout life: the drive for companionship,
  1266. love, and everything else which brings us close to our fellow men; and the drive toward being
  1267. independent, separate, and autonomous� (xiv). Also, Storr lessens Freud's emphasis on
  1268. sexual satisfaction as a result of an intimate relationship and Freud's emphasis on total
  1269. comprehension of the past to explain the present and change the future. �Sex was the
  1270. touchstone by which the whole relationship could be evaluated today, [. . . .] psychotherapy
  1271. [. [. . . .] directed toward understanding what has gone wrong with the patient's relationships with
  1272. significant persons in his or her past [. . . . . and toward] making more fruitful and fulfilling
  1273. human relationships in the future� (6).
  1274. Instead, Storr argues for a balance between attachment and solitude so every person
  1275. has a chance for Maslow's self-actualization found in some kind of singular creativity.
  1276. �Learning, thinking, innovation, and maintaining contact with one's own inner world are all
  1277. facilitated by solitude� (28). Even though �most adult human beings want both intimate
  1278. relationships and the sense of belonging to community, [. . . .] with few exceptions,
  1279. psychotherapists have failed to consider the fact that the capacity to be alone is also an aspect
  1280. of emotional maturity� (18). Storr argues for balance between community (the need for
  1281. emotionally satisfying relationships) and solitude (linked with a self-discovery and self-
  1282. realization). �Whether or not they are enjoying intimate relationships, human beings need a
  1283. sense of being a part of a larger community than that constituted by the family [. . . . . to] provide
  1284. Page 58 Page 58
  1285. 52 52
  1286. a setting in which the individual feels he has a function and a place� (13). (This idea is
  1287. elaborated further by Victor Turner's concept of communitas , to be examined shortly.) �The
  1288. fact that a man is part of a hierarchy, and that he has a particular job to carry out, gives his life
  1289. significance. It also provides a frame of reference through which he perceives his relation
  1290. with others[. . . . . . . By means of this frame we] encounter people with whom we are not
  1291. intimate, but who nevertheless contribute to our sense of self.� Therefore, individuals want
  1292. both intimate relationships and a sense of belonging to a community, but they also need the
  1293. capacity to be alone. �Learning, thinking, innovation, and maintaining contact with one's own
  1294. inner world are all facilitated by solitude� (28).
  1295. The paperback edition of Storr's book indicates the therapeutic emphasis of his book
  1296. with the heading printed above the title: �A profoundly original exploration of solitude and its
  1297. role in the lives of creative, fulfilled individuals.� This phrase certainly should help sell more
  1298. copies of Solitude ; but for the purposes of literary study--and for a fuller picture of the nature
  1299. of solitude--I question the word fulfilled . Not every individual whose life is discussed in the
  1300. works examined in this study leads what ordinary people would consider to be a fulfilled life.
  1301. Storr registers early on as a defender of happiness: �It is widely believed that interpersonal
  1302. relationships of an intimate kind are the chief, if not the only, source of human happiness.
  1303. [. [. . . . . I]t is easy to assume that creative talent, mental instability, and a deficient capacity for
  1304. making satisfying personal relationships are closely linked� (ix-x). Then, however, as an
  1305. example he points to Boethius, who �was accused of treason, arrested, condemned, and sent
  1306. into exile to await execution. While imprisoned in Pavia, Boethius composed The
  1307. Page 59 Page 59
  1308. 53 53
  1309. Consolation of Philosophy , the work by which he is now remembered. He was tortured and
  1310. then bludgeoned to death in 524 or 525 AD� (57). That Boethius wrote a text studied to this
  1311. day may have given him a fulfilled life in an important sense, since through his writing he
  1312. does come to a kind of acceptance of the fate that Lady Fortuna and her wheel of fortune dealt
  1313. him, but the kinds of fulfillment that Storr admires and recounts may not fit the popular
  1314. definition of a �fulfilled� individual.
  1315. Storr's quiet argument appears to assert that men (almost always men , seldom women ;
  1316. more about this later) need not always have satisfactory mutual relationships, or, as Freud
  1317. maintained, satisfactory sexual relationships, to live a �fulfilled� life. It seems to Storr that
  1318. what goes on in the human being when he is by himself is as important as what happens in his
  1319. interactions with other people:
  1320. Two opposing drives operate throughout life: the drive for companionship,
  1321. love, and everything else that brings us close to our fellow men; and the drive
  1322. toward being independent, separate, and autonomous. [. [. . . .] His most
  1323. significant moments are those in which he attains some new insight, or makes
  1324. some new discovery; and those moments are chiefly, if not invariably, those in
  1325. which he is alone. (xiv)
  1326. All the characters in this study experience Storr's struggle for both community and solitude.
  1327. For Storr, however, the attachment is not �as important as work to the emotional significance
  1328. of what [goes] on in the mind of the individual when he is alone, and, more especially, to the
  1329. central place occupied by the imagination in those who are capable of creative achievement�
  1330. (15). Intimate attachments are � a hub around which a person's life revolves, not necessarily
  1331. the hub� (Storr's emphases).
  1332. Page 60 Page 60
  1333. 54 54
  1334. Storr suggests that what has been overlooked is that man needs satisfactory work and
  1335. that man can find fulfillment in solitude. This solitude, whether it be sought or imposed, can
  1336. be used as a vehicle for creativity, for extending the imagination, as a means of understanding
  1337. origins of temperament, as a way to facilitate bereavement or depression or repair, as a search
  1338. engine for coherence, as an answer to a waning sexual interest in later life, and as a path to
  1339. pursue the whole self. Storr's subtitle, A Return to the Self , argues that psychoanalysts'
  1340. determination in exploring the past to interpret the present and maintaining the importance of
  1341. mutually satisfying relationships have eclipsed the need to know self in solitude, �the source
  1342. of man's inner happiness and psychic wholeness.� For emotional maturity, individuals need
  1343. to take into account the capacity to be alone.
  1344. Storr argues that �most adult human beings want both intimate relationships and the
  1345. sense of belonging to community� (17). Storr does not suggest that all individuals seek
  1346. solitude, but he argues that �the creative person needs solitude [. . . . . that the] most significant
  1347. moments are those in which he attains some new insight, or makes some new discovery; and
  1348. those moments are chiefly, if not invariably, those in which he is alone� (xiv). He sums up his
  1349. argument in asserting that �the drive to be alone thus becomes linked with self-discovery and
  1350. self-realization; with becoming aware of one's deepest needs, feelings, and impulses� (21).
  1351. For �what goes on in the human being when he is by himself is as important as what happens
  1352. in his interactions with other people� (xiv).
  1353. Besides providing insight into the characters' lives in succeeding chapters, Storr�s
  1354. theories help explain sources and origins of solitude discussed previously:
  1355. Page 61 Page 61
  1356. 55 55
  1357. That solitude promotes insight as well as change has been recognized by great
  1358. religious leaders, who have usually retreated from the world before returning to
  1359. it to share what has been revealed to them. Although accounts vary, the
  1360. enlightenment which finally came to the Buddha whilst he was meditating
  1361. beneath a tree on the banks of the Nairanjana river is said to have been the
  1362. culmination of long reflection upon the human condition. Jesus, according to
  1363. both St. Matthew and St. Luke, spent forty days in the wilderness undergoing
  1364. temptation by the devil before returning to proclaim his message of repentance
  1365. and salvation. Mahomet, during the month of Ramadan, each year withdrew
  1366. himself from the world to the cave of Hera. St. Catherine of Siena spent three
  1367. years in seclusion in her little room in the Via Benincaca during which she
  1368. underwent a series of mystical experiences before entering upon an active life
  1369. of teaching and preaching. (34) (34)
  1370. In contrast to Freud, Storr writes:
  1371. The path of self-development upon which such individuals embarked under
  1372. Jung's guidance was named by him �the process of individuation.� This
  1373. process tends toward a goal called �wholeness� or �integration�: a condition in
  1374. which the different elements of the psyche, both conscious and unconscious,
  1375. become welded together in a new unity. [. [. . . .] The person who approaches this
  1376. goal, which can never be entirely or once and for all time achieved, possesses
  1377. what Jung called �an attitude that is beyond the reach of emotional
  1378. entanglement and violent shocks--a consciousness detached from the work.�
  1379. (193)
  1380. The characters in this study experience solitude and in that separation from community
  1381. achieve a higher awareness of reality like Plato's escape to the realm of Forms or Ideas and a
  1382. kind of indifference to fate like Camus's hero. Only in those hours of consciousness do
  1383. characters rise above themselves and become superior to their fate. An awareness of absurdity
  1384. followed by a sense of indifference to it can result in happiness. �The lucidity that was to
  1385. constitute his torture at the same time crowns his victory� (231). All of the characters in this
  1386. study strive whole-heartedly in the labor of their existence, and each one comes to some kind
  1387. of futile end--but only seemingly so. Each character studied achieves a kind of Sisyphus-like
  1388. Page 62 Page 62
  1389. 56 56
  1390. detachment. Whether or not the characters in this study can be imagined as lucid, happy, or
  1391. victorious remains to be seen.
  1392. Reality or Illusion
  1393. In Plato's allegory of the cave from the Republic , individuals are chained to a wall in a
  1394. cave while along a parapet, lighted by a fire, marches a parade of objects. This chained group
  1395. sees only shadows and not what is real: �Prisoners so confined would have seen nothing of
  1396. themselves or of one another, except the shadows thrown by the firelight on the wall of the
  1397. cave. [. [. . . . . S]uch prisoners would recognize as reality nothing but the shadows of those
  1398. artificial objects� (50). Plato writes this allegory or parable as a dialogue with the Athenian
  1399. Glaucon, sometime in the fourth century BC He explains that when an individual escapes
  1400. his shackles by being forcibly dragged from the cave and comes into the sunlight, he (or she)
  1401. ultimately comes to see the sun as reality: �Last of all, he would be able to look at the Sun and
  1402. contemplate its nature, not as it appears when reflected in water or any alien medium, but as it
  1403. is in itself in its own domain� (51).
  1404. Freedom from such a community as those condemned to see shadows results in the
  1405. �healing of their unwisdom�; however, if the prisoner were freed and able to see the real
  1406. objects, now he would be �perplexed and believe the objects now shown to him to be not so
  1407. real as what he formerly saw� (51). Although this escape to solitude results in incisive
  1408. knowledge, returning to the cave to those still shackled to instruct them would result in death.
  1409. �If they could lay hands on the man who was trying to set them free and lead them up, they
  1410. would kill him. Yes, they would� (52). The reader is reminded of religious leaders and
  1411. Page 63 Page 63
  1412. 57 57
  1413. scientists, among others, who tried to convince those in power of the truth and were banished,
  1414. tortured, or killed.
  1415. For Plato, every thing, every concept could be so generalized (an oversimplification)
  1416. that it could fit his concept of the Idea. For example--to use a concrete object--a stool, a
  1417. chaise, a desk swivel chair, a bench, a sofa, a couch or recliner, no matter the size or style,
  1418. would fit Plato's Idea of chair. In the cave, those chained represent all of us; the shadows are
  1419. representations of chair , and only when an individual escapes into solitude outside of the
  1420. cave, does he or she perceive the Idea. The chains and shadows represent doxa , opinion, and
  1421. those people chained since birth represent those who know only what is allowed. Separation
  1422. from that cave, for Plato, is essential in knowing truth, the perception of the Idea. Since
  1423. individuals in Plato's cave are literally chained by the foot and neck, they cannot turn their
  1424. heads. They do not see themselves or one another.
  1425. In a community of any kind, and more particularly in the fiction to be discussed,
  1426. individuals often do not �see� themselves as they really are or quite perceive how others are
  1427. until they escape to a solitary state of their own. All the characters to be discussed later live in
  1428. a community, and in a symbolic sense they are chained to see reality as perceived by
  1429. themselves. Perhaps, until they experience solitude, they, too, see only shadows of reality.
  1430. Only when characters such as Hester Prynne, Pip, and Edna Pontellier separate themselves
  1431. from their lifelong community to enter solitude do they perceive a kind of truth, or Plato�s
  1432. Ideas, as different from what they had previously known. Are the individual characters
  1433. Page 64 Page 64
  1434. 58 58
  1435. ostracized, tortured, or killed by the community who rejects their insight learned outside of
  1436. community? And what do these characters learn or attain while in solitude?
  1437. The Joyful Descent
  1438. Singular individuals can also perceive differently through detachment. Indifference
  1439. can also signal an absence of love, an absence of hate. That kind of detachment is evident in
  1440. Albert Camus's essay �The Myth of Sisyphus.� Condemned for all eternity to roll a rock up a
  1441. mountain, Sisyphus ruminates in his solitude as he returns from the top of the mountain to the
  1442. bottom because the rock rolls back down to its starting point, unaided. Only then, on his
  1443. passage down the slope, is he free in his solitude to contemplate his fate. By knowing and
  1444. accepting his fate, Sisyphus achieves a kind of indifference or detachment from his
  1445. punishment. Then, he can and does rise above his fate.
  1446. For John Cruickshank in Albert Camus and the Literature of Revolt , �the most
  1447. appalling truths can lose their power over us once we have resolubly recognized and accepted
  1448. them.� He points out that �the 'all is well' of Sophocles' Oedipus is prompted by final
  1449. knowledge of his true condition� (88). Cruickshank sees Sisyphus not as a �symbol of
  1450. despair, but of obstinate happiness.� Sisyphus is often seen as a hero of consciousness. As As
  1451. David Sprintzen writes in Camus: A Critical Examination , �Consciousness is, of course, the
  1452. presupposition, because it is from consciousness alone that human experience comes to be and
  1453. that the quality of finitude gives the moment its irreplaceable urgency� (64).
  1454. Sisyphus spends an absurd eternity striving with all his strength for no purpose and
  1455. toward no end. �They [the gods] had thought with some reason that there is no more dreadful
  1456. Page 65 Page 65
  1457. 59 59
  1458. punishment than futile and hopeless labor� (229). Camus anatomizes with care, if in elusive
  1459. language, the burden of solitude: �When the images of earth cling too tightly to memory,
  1460. where the call of happiness is too insistent, it happens that melancholy rises in man's heart;
  1461. this is the rock's victory, this is the rock itself. The boundless grief is too heavy to bear.
  1462. These are nights in Gethsemane� (23). (Earlier in the essay, readers were reminded of
  1463. Christ's solitariness as one of the explanations of the origin of those who sought solitude.)
  1464. Camus reminds us of the �boundless grief� of that solitude.
  1465. Like Sisyphus, the characters in this study depart from the standards and expectations
  1466. of society and can, like Sisyphus, be accused of a certain levity (disrespectful frivolity) in
  1467. regard to the gods. (In this study �the gods� refers to those authoritarian figures, whether real
  1468. or unreal, who determine what community members will believe and how community
  1469. members will act. John Winthrop's exhortation to remember always that some must be
  1470. subjugated to the will of others is certainly godlike in its absoluteness in imposing theocracy.)
  1471. Camus redefines the loner as hero: �You have already grasped that Sisyphus is the absurd
  1472. hero. He is , as much through his passions as through his torture. His scorn of the gods, his
  1473. hatred of death, and his passion for life won him that unspeakable penalty in which his whole
  1474. being is exerted toward accomplishing nothing. This is the price that must be paid for the
  1475. passions of this earth� (230).
  1476. All of the characters examined in this study experience the �passions of this earth�:
  1477. they toil through their--both perceived and unperceived--meaningless lives in community. It It
  1478. is only in their solitary moments that their lives become meaningful. Just as for Sisyphus
  1479. Page 66 Page 66
  1480. 60 60
  1481. during his solitary descent, �that hour like a breathing space which returns as surely as his
  1482. suffering, that is the hour of consciousness. At each of these moments when he leaves the
  1483. heights and gradually sinks toward the lairs of the gods, he is superior to his fate. He is
  1484. stronger than his rock. [. [. . . .] There is no fate that cannot be surmounted by scorn� (231).
  1485. Scorn is another word for indifference, that detachment found in solitude wherein a character,
  1486. seeing his or her own absurdity, rises above it by an existential detachment. That kind of
  1487. separation from community, from fate, is achieved in those moments of solitude. �If the
  1488. descent is thus sometimes performed in sorrow, it can also take place in joy. This word is not
  1489. too much,� writes Camus (231). Oedipus, too, at the outset obeys fate without knowing it, but
  1490. from the moment he knows, his tragedy begins. Only later does Oedipus concede �that all is
  1491. well.� Sisyphus �too concludes that all is well,� and Camus observes, �All Sisyphus' silent
  1492. joy is contained therein. His fate belongs to him. His rock is his thing.� Each of the
  1493. characters in his study has a rock , a burden that can be acknowledged and understood only in
  1494. solitude. In their own unique manners, all of them will reach the same conclusion. What �all
  1495. is well� means, however, will vary with each character's condition or fate.
  1496. Camus concludes his essay by iterating his argument that Sisyphus finds joy in his
  1497. descent: �The struggle itself toward the height is enough to fill a man's heart. One must
  1498. imagine Sisyphus happy� (232). Since striving is not the goal but the process, then all of these
  1499. characters must also be �happy.� As a result of Pip's descent, for example (to be examined in
  1500. Chapter 4), his shipmates mistakenly call him �idiot,� that is, incapable of not being happy.
  1501. Page 67 Page 67
  1502. 61 61
  1503. In Sisyphus's detachment in solitude as he descends the mountain at rest from his
  1504. arduous toil, he reaches a kind of indifference, an attainment of a next level or higher plane.
  1505. He neither hates nor loves; Camus calls it joy. This existence on a higher plane reflects the
  1506. perception of all surroundings--people, events, objects, and so on--experienced by Plato�s
  1507. freed cave inhabitant who sees the sun and perceives that essential (basic) Form of Goodness.
  1508. Albert Camus's Sisyphus achieves a kind of existential indifference representing a higher
  1509. perception of reality found in solitude.
  1510. America's Vast Emptiness
  1511. Solitude has been an object of study in American literature for several decades. One One
  1512. of the earliest such studies is The Necessary Earth: Nature and Solitude in American
  1513. Literature (1964), by Wilson D. Clough, who argues the title as his thesis: Because men were
  1514. alone in the vastness of the frontier, they were solitary. As captives of solitude, they wrote
  1515. little and what writing they did accomplish was achieved because they looked to nature for
  1516. inspiration, for they were without the culture of Europe. On first reading Clough, I applauded
  1517. his criticism: simple, meaningful, supported. However, upon further examination, I found that
  1518. it was too simple, too easy. To claim that Americans wrote the way that they did simply
  1519. because the land was vast is an oversimplification; yet certainly solitude contributed to the
  1520. American character in writing. Also, Clough argues, rather naively, I believe, that it was not
  1521. until Mark Twain and later Walt Whitman that Americans found a voice, as instanced by the
  1522. use of American colloquialisms in their writings.
  1523. Page 68 Page 68
  1524. 62 62
  1525. For Clough, America provides �a universe awful enough in its vastness and its
  1526. immeasurable reaches to tempt and test the creative and orderly imagination beyond all past
  1527. experiences, but tempting in the name of knowing and seeing with utmost clarity� (6).
  1528. Clough, however, states that the creative and orderly imagination had little hope in the
  1529. vastness of that solitude and produced a literature that was dependent on nature and thus
  1530. uniquely American after all. For Hawthorne, according to Clough, the vastness produced
  1531. �gloom�; for Cooper, the solitude produced innocence that could function not in society but
  1532. only in �the purity of this new Eden, the forest� (69). Thoreau, for Clough, became �a one-
  1533. man laboratory of research into the minimal cost of survival in an acquisitive society, and into
  1534. the complex chemistry and biology of the creative art� (111). America presented a new kind
  1535. of humanism where man �alone [. . . . . in] unmapped nature [. . . .] encounters in its solitude a
  1536. new discipline, [. . . .] self-reliance and dependence on self� (7). Emerson, therefore, found his
  1537. �correspondence [. . . .] for which nature is but an endlessly varied symbol and metaphor�
  1538. (101). Man experiences such enforced self-decision because America's vastness proves
  1539. �indifferent to man's little cries for a special consideration of his universe� (8). Perhaps Perhaps
  1540. Clough was reminded of Jonathan Edwards, who roamed the countryside in his �lonely youth�
  1541. and might have transferred that aloneness to his description of the lonely soul at judgment.
  1542. Although in praise of much nineteenth-century American literature, Clough still
  1543. criticizes the lack of what he calls an American literature and claims that that lack of voice
  1544. (until Twain and Whitman) was owed to the harsh American experience: �Much was
  1545. inevitably sacrificed in the delay of establishing oneself against sheer starvation and threats to
  1546. Page 69 Page 69
  1547. 63 63
  1548. life, until such daily pressure dulled the edges of expression. Men became taciturn and
  1549. sparing of speech, losing much of the old resources of fluent, poetic, and literary language�
  1550. (15). Since the frontiersman lacks any �cultural environment, [he] suffers a double burden if
  1551. he would be literary. He not only lacks the approved discipline of the past [. . . . . but is] further
  1552. confronted by [. . . . . the challenge] of inventing a new language for a new world� (16).
  1553. Whatever that �new language� was for Clough, it did not materialize until the late nineteenth
  1554. century. century. Even the titles of the chapters in his book--�The Cost of Solitude,� �The Fading
  1555. Frontier�--indicate the harmful effects of this solitude. That solitude did produce literary
  1556. classics Clough concedes, but they came at a great cost, he insists. In a chapter seemingly
  1557. extolling the benefits of finding self-reliance while communing with nature in solitude,
  1558. Clough writes, �In the negative column, we must surely admit a withering of the cultural
  1559. inheritance, the heavy price in isolation and in loss of communal virtue� (41). �Communal
  1560. virtue� is never quite defined, though Clough suggests that community would have been
  1561. beneficial to man in terms of language development, knowledge, and education in the arts.
  1562. (Earlier discussion noted how Crevecoeur and Tocqueville extolled the need for frontier
  1563. Americans to relearn or rediscover cultural life abandoned in Europe.) Repeatedly Clough
  1564. agrees with Emerson and Thoreau that for all men self-reliance is found in solitude through
  1565. nature: �But what if squirrel and pigeons offer no intellectual face; and what if the solitude cut
  1566. one off from human society; or what if society come again and still again to one's remote
  1567. cabin door? The answer was to be found in a new definition of solitude: the inner solitude
  1568. and self-reliance of genius� (101).
  1569. Page 70 Page 70
  1570. 64 64
  1571. Nevertheless, Clough writes that �the unpardonable sin, in the end, is to cut oneself off
  1572. from the common stream; and the dread punishment is isolation from one's fellowman� (123).
  1573. This �cost of solitude,� of course, can be readily seen in the character of Roger Chillingworth
  1574. in Hawthorne's The Scarlet Letter as he surreptitiously executes his vengeful plan or in the
  1575. previously examined short story by Hawthorne, �The Minister's Black Veil,� as the minister
  1576. dies alone, apart from the community apparently through his own choosing.
  1577. For Clough, looking back in 1964 on the concerns of the previous decade, �the old
  1578. themes of nature as inspiration and the virtues of solitude become an anachronism.� He
  1579. continues: �We observe in our setting less evidence of man exulting in his natural rights than
  1580. of man in 'the lonely crowd,' the organization man and his pitiable subservience, the crack in
  1581. the picture window, and the passing of individuality in a general conformity, threatening to
  1582. congeal into a narrow provincialism in the face of the new� (147). Doubtless Clough means
  1583. by �the crack in the picture window� to invoke the frequent theme of the hollowness of
  1584. suburban life (picture windows were new, attractive items in 1950s homes); but the image
  1585. suggests more: that solitude is not dependent upon a view, that solitude is a function not only
  1586. of the frontier of the wilderness but of a frontier of the mind, �for solitude becomes more a
  1587. state of mind rather than an accident of geography� (102). One is reminded of Thoreau�s
  1588. �owning� the landscape, as in appreciating a magnificent view. Clough concedes, �It is,
  1589. admittedly, the solution of the bookish man in his private library [Hawthorne's Chillingworth,
  1590. for example]; but it goes deeper than that, for it is likewise the necessity of the creative artist
  1591. everywhere� (102). Clough may have anticipated Storr's argument that solitude is necessary
  1592. Page 71 Page 71
  1593. 65 65
  1594. for creativity, or Bachelard's theory (to be discussed later in this chapter) that the poet-thinker
  1595. in the library needs more than the library, needs more than the solitude of aloneness and more
  1596. than the physical solitude of the vast frontier. Instead, the �creative artist everywhere� needs
  1597. something �deeper than that,� needs that essential solitude, however defined. Characters will
  1598. experience Clough's �shock of enforced self-decision� not on the frontier or in the vast
  1599. American wilderness but in the solitude of their own private existence.
  1600. The Model: Turner's Liminality
  1601. Becoming another person or object by donning a mask has been done since ancient
  1602. times, as carnival and revelry provide opportunity for anonymity when laughter becomes an
  1603. overt activity. Carnival takes on characteristics of ritual when individuals participating in a
  1604. rite change from one status to another. This kind of ritual is reminiscent of Bakhtin's interior
  1605. infinite and Baudelaire's �multitude, solitude: identical terms.� Anthropologist Victor Turner
  1606. explores ideas of ritual through rites of passage that separate an individual from community in
  1607. �Passages, Margins, and Poverty: Religious Symbols of Communitas.� For Turner, �people
  1608. had a real need [. . . .] to don the liberating masks of liminal masquerade� (243).
  1609. Turner argues that individuals must be separated from community to become the
  1610. initiated. However, individuals still maintain their communitas in a structured society.
  1611. �Communitas is universal and boundless, as against structure which is specific and bounded�
  1612. (264). Social structure is concerned with status and roles and not human individuals, though
  1613. society is made up of both social structure and communitas. Turner's definition of the frame
  1614. of social order is �in Robert Mertonian terms, 'the patterned arrangements of role-sets, status-
  1615. Page 72 Page 72
  1616. 66 66
  1617. sets, and status-sequences' consciously recognized and regularly operative in a given society�
  1618. (Turner's emphasis; 237).
  1619. Ritual can change status in communitas but not in the social structure. Turner notes
  1620. �how often the term 'sacred' may be translated as 'set apart' or 'on one side' in various
  1621. societies� (241). For example, baptismal candidates may all wear white, be submerged,
  1622. become members of the church and expand their communitas, but they still maintain the same
  1623. status (or caste or class) in society. Structure and communitas relate to the concept of solitude
  1624. in that a person must, according to Turner, experience liminality , a levelling or shaping of the
  1625. structural status (252). �Three aspects of culture seemed to me to be exceptionally well
  1626. endowed with ritual symbols and beliefs of non-social-structural type. These may be
  1627. described, respectively, as liminality, outsiderhood, and structural inferiority� (231):
  1628. Liminality represents the midpoint of transition in a status-sequence between
  1629. two positions, outsiderhood refers to actions and relationships which do not
  1630. flow from a recognized social status but originate outside it, while lowermost
  1631. status refers to the lowest rung in a system of social stratification in which
  1632. unequal rewards are accorded to functionally differentiated positions.
  1633. [. [. . . . . Structural units] are statuses and roles, not concrete human individuals.
  1634. (237)
  1635. Since Turner's liminality has special significance for my concept of solitude, I will discuss
  1636. these terms in reverse order to end with the most important of his ideas for my purposes.
  1637. �Structural inferiority� refers to individuals in society who are in a class or caste
  1638. system and either cannot move or would have difficulty moving to a higher class or caste.
  1639. For Turner, �structural inferiority� includes �the despised and rejected in general[. . . . . . . H]ere
  1640. Page 73 Page 73
  1641. 67 67
  1642. the lowest represents the human total, [. . . .] a differentiated system whose units are status and
  1643. roles, and where the social persona is segmentalized into positions in a structure� (234).
  1644. �Outsiderhood� refers �to the condition of being either permanently and by ascription
  1645. set outside the structural arrangements of a given social system, or being situationally or
  1646. temporarily set apart, or voluntarily setting oneself apart from the behavior of status-
  1647. occupying, role-playing members of that system� (233). Hester Prynne is indeed set apart
  1648. from the Boston community; Edna Pontellier voluntarily sets herself outside community. But But
  1649. all the characters in this study come to a new level of awareness through Turner's concept of
  1650. liminality. �I see liminality as a phase in social life in which this confrontation between
  1651. 'activity which has no structure' and its 'structured results' produces in men [and women]
  1652. their highest pitch of self-consciousness� (255).
  1653. Liminality is a term borrowed from Arnold van Gennep's formulation of rites
  1654. de passage , �transition rites�--which accompany every change of state or social
  1655. position, or certain points in age. These are marked by three phases:
  1656. separation, margin (or limen , Latin for threshold, signifying the great
  1657. importance of real or symbolic thresholds at this middle period of the rites,
  1658. though cunicular , �being in a tunnel,� would better describe the quality of this
  1659. phase in many cases, its hidden nature, its sometimes mysterious darkness),
  1660. and reaggregation. (Turner's emphases; 231-32)
  1661. The word cunicular would literally describe the setting of Doris Lessing's short story
  1662. �Through the Tunnel,� which enacts a rite of passage. A boy separates himself from his
  1663. mother on a beach, dives from a rock into the sea, and swims through an underground tunnel
  1664. to emerge on the other side of the rock. He swims upward, gasping for air but bleeding, and
  1665. never bothers to tell his mother about his epiphany. The tunnel represents a rite of passage
  1666. and even more symbolically, the rite of birth itself.
  1667. Page 74 Page 74
  1668. 68 68
  1669. The first phase, separation, comprises symbolic behavior signifying the
  1670. detachment of the individual or the group from either an earlier fixed point in
  1671. the social structure or from an established set of cultural conditions (a �state�).
  1672. During the intervening liminal period, the state of the ritual subject (the
  1673. �passenger,� or �liminar�) becomes ambiguous, neither here nor there, betwixt
  1674. and between all fixed points of classification. (232)
  1675. At the third phase, the initiand re-enters the social structure, often but not always at a
  1676. higher status level:
  1677. In liminality, the symbolism [. . . .] indicates that the initiand [. . . .] is structurally
  1678. if not physically invisible in terms of his culture's standard definition and
  1679. classifications, [. . . .] divested of the outward attributes of structural position,
  1680. set aside from the main areas of social life in a seclusion lodge or camp, and
  1681. reduced to an equality with his fellow initiands regardless of their ritual status.
  1682. [. [. . . .] In liminality [. . . .] communitas emerges [. . . .] in a cultural and normative
  1683. form. (232)
  1684. How communitas supports or negates liminality for all the characters will be discussed later in
  1685. this study where �major liminal situations are occasions in which a society takes cognizance
  1686. of itself or rather where, in an interval between their incumbency of specific fixed positions,
  1687. members [. . . . . may perceive a] global view of man's place in the cosmos� (Turner's emphasis;
  1688. 239-40). Turner asserts, �I see liminality as a phase in social life in which this confrontation
  1689. between 'activity which has no structure' and its 'structural results' produces in men [and
  1690. women] their highest pitch of self-consciousness� (255). For the characters in this study,
  1691. liminality provides the threshold of discovery.
  1692. The Model: Bachelard's Poet-Thinker
  1693. This paradox of being both a part of community and apart from society, expressed so
  1694. concisely in Baudelaire's advocacy of solitude amid crowds, is mirrored in the texts of another
  1695. French writer, the twentieth-century essayist Gaston Bachelard, who began his career as a
  1696. Page 75 Page 75
  1697. 69 69
  1698. philosopher of science but became devoted to the study of poetic reverie. Unlike Baudelaire,
  1699. however, Bachelard argues that the poet must first be the thinking-poet in solitude before he
  1700. (or she) can enter the community as that thinker-poet. Colette Gaudin characterizes
  1701. Bachelard's point of view (in the following passage she uses �subject� in the philosophical
  1702. sense meaning any entity that does mental work): �The subject [of . . . .] poetic experience [. . . .] .]
  1703. breathes at the center of a solitary wisdom bordering on mysticism; it is not, for Bachelard, the
  1704. foundation of a metaphysics. It suggests instead a philosophical direction [. . . .] which could
  1705. be called a poetics or an ethics of solitude� (xxvii). For Bachelard, continues Gaudin,
  1706. the �good� appears to depend on a healthy dialectics between the �real� and the
  1707. �unreal.� Paraphrasing Bachelard, we could say that a true image--an image
  1708. really imagined--is also an image that contains a truth about human reality.
  1709. Such an image, by expanding the subject, is necessarily a source of happiness.
  1710. [. [. . . .] But his ethics point in fact toward asceticism. [. [. . . .] The primitiveness of
  1711. poetic consciousness is not immediately given. It can only be a conquest. The The
  1712. Bachelardian reverie, far from being a complacent drifting of the self, is a
  1713. discipline acquired through long hours of reading and writing, and through a
  1714. constant practice of � surveillance de soi � [supervision of oneself]. Images Images
  1715. reveal nothing to the lazy dreamer. (xxvii)
  1716. Bachelard thus connects solitude, reverie, and the creation, reclamation, and/or purification of
  1717. images in the imagination; and he associates solitude and reverie moreover with ascetic self-
  1718. discipline rather than a dreamy and undisciplined self-discovery.
  1719. In The Poetics of Reverie Bachelard seeks to �establish the persistence in the human
  1720. soul of a nucleus of childhood, of a motionless but enduring childhood, outside of history,
  1721. hidden from others, disguised as history when it is narrated, but having real existence only in
  1722. its moments of illumination--which is to say in its moments of poetic existence� (95-96). He I
  1723. continues in this vein:
  1724. Page 76 Page 76
  1725. 70 70
  1726. The child knows a natural reverie of solitude which we must not confuse with
  1727. that of the sulky child. In his happy solitude, the dreaming child experiences
  1728. cosmic reverie--that reverie which unites us with the world.
  1729. In my opinion, it is in the memories of this cosmic solitude that we
  1730. must find the nucleus of childhood which remains at the center of the human
  1731. psyche. [. [. . . .] All [the] images of his cosmic solitude react in depth within the
  1732. being of the child; separated from his being for men, there is created, under the
  1733. world's influence, a being for the world. [. [. . . .] The cosmic nature of our
  1734. childhood remains in us. It reappears in our solitary reveries. (96-97)
  1735. This model of poetic reverie is of signal importance for understanding the moments of
  1736. solitude I am examining in this study--moments that seem to occur with greater frequency and
  1737. intensity in American literature from 1850 to 1900 than in any other period. Bachelard is
  1738. writing in defense and praise of reverie. It is important first of all to note that though his
  1739. approach is akin to psychoanalysis, he is interested here in conscious or semi-conscious
  1740. reverie rather than in dreams. It is not merely the unconscious that is affected by solitude in a
  1741. meaningful way; it is rather those faculties such as imagination and memory, the source of
  1742. affective images that can guide, cheer, and inspire us, that are shaped by solitude. A second
  1743. point of importance is his insistence that the work being done in solitude is not solely a
  1744. mind's discovery of itself but is the connection of the poetic subject to the world, the cosmos.
  1745. (As Gaudin comments, Bachelard imagines �a 'successful' psychoanalysis that would lead to
  1746. a reconciliation of the individual psyche with the universe,� xxiii). And a final point is that
  1747. this connection, established in childhood, is somehow retained throughout a person's life and
  1748. is of enormous influence.
  1749. A number of points stand out that would seem to make this passage a bad fit for the
  1750. literary works that this study will examine. None of the protagonists of these episodes of
  1751. Page 77
  1752. 71 71
  1753. American literary solitude are children; none are poets. Worse, none experience what could
  1754. be unproblematically termed a happy solitude. Can Bachelard even be talking about the same
  1755. kind of solitude as these American novelists? Ought one to go back instead and stick to
  1756. sociological cause-and-effect analysis of the kind that Clough practiced?
  1757. On the contrary, the seeming weaknesses just pointed out indicate the strength of
  1758. Bachelard's analytic as a means of examining these novels. For each author--Hawthorne,
  1759. Melville, Chopin--is a novelist with strong poetic tendencies, manifested through lyrical
  1760. language in all of the three works studied here, as well as, in Melville's and Hawthorne�s
  1761. works, through pronounced deformations of �ordinary life� in their narratives. Unlike
  1762. romantic poets, as novelists they cannot discourse freely on the sources and nature of poetic
  1763. reverie, yet the reveries that are the source of their imaginative works seem to find a way to be
  1764. expressed in their work. While the simplest way to make this expression is by portraying a
  1765. poet protagonist who will have these experiences himself, such a scenario is less likely for an
  1766. American novelist than for a European novelist, because of the historic distrust of poets and of
  1767. undiluted high culture by American readers. Consequently, if the process of reverie manifests
  1768. itself in these authors' works, it must do so through characters who are not themselves poets
  1769. but who encounter the elements that make up poetic reverie. The transformations that occur
  1770. in them, moreover, though they may be far from anything artistic or poetic, may be clues to
  1771. these authors' understanding of the birth and renewal of the imaginative life.
  1772. For Bachelard, furthermore, the poet, as subject of poetic reverie, bears a conflicted
  1773. relation of both affinities and tensions to the thinker in the community. Gaudin comments:
  1774. Page 78
  1775. 72 72
  1776. Bachelard's work [. . . .] display[s] the conviction that the destiny of philosophy
  1777. is to remain somehow �pluralist� or incomplete. This incompleteness is made
  1778. obvious in his poetics by the tension between the meditation of the solitary
  1779. dreamer and the work of the thinker in a community. For the former, sitting at
  1780. his table lit by a simple candle, it seems that all metaphors become the
  1781. equivalent of the flame-life he is contemplating. For the thinker in the world,
  1782. the one who teaches, reads poets, and writes books, the task is to show us how
  1783. to read the complex syntax of symbols. (xxvii-xxix)
  1784. Therefore, solitude is enabling, according to Bachelard. But he does not advocate a life of
  1785. asceticism. Rather, it is good to experience a healthy dialectic between the real and the unreal.
  1786. Although Bachelard gives lessons in dreaming well , the cogito must be able to function
  1787. satisfactorily in the community. An image really imagined contains a truth about human
  1788. reality, yielding a source of happiness.
  1789. Characters in this study experience that tension between the individual experiencing
  1790. the unreal (as Bachelard terms the images of reverie) in solitude while at the same time forced
  1791. to contemplate actual reality, that is, as a part of a community structure. Because discipline is
  1792. required to conquer self, one needs supervision of oneself. The tension is that between the
  1793. meditation of the solitary dreamer and the thinker in the community. Successful followers of
  1794. Bachelard's philosophy achieve a balance between solitary and community life, in
  1795. Bachelard's words, �an art of living poetically� (xxviii). Bakhtin's interior infinite,
  1796. Baudelaire's insistence that multitude and solitude are identical terms, and Bachelard�s
  1797. insistence on the need for the poet-thinker to take a poet-thinker's place in the community
  1798. may explain why solitude may lead to a heightened awareness. This awareness may include a
  1799. kind of detached indifference, a realization that one's destiny is one's own--a kind of
  1800. Page 79
  1801. 73 73
  1802. ascendancy--or even a model of production to get beyond the romantic notion of communing
  1803. with nature and with God and instead commune with self.
  1804. Solitude, then, becomes a constructed state. It becomes what the character makes of it
  1805. whether the solitude was entered by choice, by having solitude forced upon him or her by
  1806. another, or by force, as a result of nature or some outside non-human force. The construct of
  1807. solitude can have salubrious or deleterious effects, or, paradoxically, both. It can even mean
  1808. space, empty space, a solitary page to fill up with writing. But the constructed state of
  1809. solitude becomes that character's frame of reference and produces its changes accordingly.
  1810. This study does not suggest that community is worthless or that characters do not need
  1811. community to survive; rather its focus is on what happens to characters in solitude, why this
  1812. need for solitude is so pervasive particularly in nineteenth-century American culture, and
  1813. ultimately how it is tied to the present.
  1814. Other questions arise. Do the effects of solitude result from the individual's separation
  1815. from his or her social structure or a negation of the social structure entirely? Is conforming to
  1816. social structure good or bad even if one is solitary? Although the effects of solitude may
  1817. include madness, suicide, heightened awareness, a kind of indifference, experiencing solitude
  1818. may result in a kind of pinnacle, a balance between man/woman thinking and man/woman
  1819. acting as envisioned by Bachelard's poet-thinker, who through self-discipline and self-
  1820. knowledge moves to, if you will, man/woman community-actor.
  1821. Page 80
  1822. 74 74
  1823. Answers and Questions
  1824. Whether in the vivid case of the two Tlingit Indians banished, literally, to an isolated
  1825. island in the northern Pacific or in the instance of modern Hindu women who feel banished
  1826. from their mother's kitchens, experiences of solitary meditation have taken countless forms in
  1827. actual lived human experience. Encouraged by Bachelard, we can see that these experiences
  1828. are not categorically different from poetic meditation. Although this study has shown that
  1829. Linda Brodkey denounces the concept of Virginia Woolf's needing a room of her own to write
  1830. and so negates the idea of the writer-writes-alone, the sense of the necessity of solitude for
  1831. writing or contemplation or personal growth continues. Despite any shifts that may have
  1832. taken place as the concept moved back and forth from Europe to the New World, clearly the
  1833. need for such solitude remains as a kind of bedrock.
  1834. In Nathaniel Hawthorne's The Scarlet Letter , in the chapter on Pip, �The Castaway,�
  1835. from Herman Melville's Moby-Dick , and in Kate Chopin's The Awakening , characters either
  1836. have solitude forced upon them or choose solitude themselves, resulting in madness or
  1837. suicide, heightened awareness and knowledge, and a kind of indifference. American
  1838. characters are caught up with this notion of solitariness that manifests itself in an odd kind of
  1839. perilous/beneficial manner, making readers both drawn to and fearful of this state.
  1840. Conceptually, all the preceding authors argue that a tension exists for individuals
  1841. striving to act in solitude and in community. Those who seek solitude change in at least one
  1842. aspect of thought. I shall argue that solitude leads to indifference, that is, a detachment from
  1843. the constraints of community. Metaphorically, in solitude an individual returns to the womb,
  1844. Page 81
  1845. 75 75
  1846. succored by the surrounding community but apart from it. Individuals need the world for
  1847. sustenance, but successful aloneness requires indifference to the community just as the infant
  1848. is indifferent to the womb's contribution. However, for Bachelard particularly, the one in
  1849. solitude who becomes the poet-thinker must return to the community in that role and act
  1850. successfully in community. Both the dreamer and the thinker, for Bachelard, exercise the
  1851. same activity. The image--the dream--is the object of the dreamer. He or she in solitude does
  1852. not care if the image has application in community action. The thinker might not care, either,
  1853. but the image must be applied, affecting the thinker's environment outside himself or herself.
  1854. The object of the thinker becomes the application. If the community fails and individuals
  1855. change dramatically and/or possibly die in the following narratives to be discussed, the
  1856. individual is not concerned with such actions.
  1857. Camus suggests that Sisyphus is happy in his detached state as he walks down the hill
  1858. to resume his arduous, eternal task and cares not about his surroundings. The child in the
  1859. womb also has no perception of the strength and support that the womb gives. Like these two,
  1860. the nineteenth-century characters, though they exist in community, are detached from it in
  1861. essential ways so that the community in this perspective, like rocks or amniotic fluid, becomes
  1862. just a given. What this study examines, rather, is what happens to them in solitude as they
  1863. grow toward a kind of indifference. All the characters experience solitude, and though
  1864. colored by the differences in perception and in frames of reference, this solitude is the same
  1865. for all of them. If all the characters are �right� about their solitude, which is certainly what
  1866. Page 82
  1867. 76 76
  1868. their authors imply, then it is only in seeing all of their perceptions together that we may begin
  1869. to see the outlines of the shape of solitude.
  1870. Page 83
  1871. 77 77
  1872. Chapter 3
  1873. The Scarlet Letter : To �Catch the Sunshine in the Wilderness�
  1874. Guilt and Fancy
  1875. Is indifference a part of reality? Does reality exist only apart from the mind?
  1876. Conversely, does reality exist only in the mind? In other words, is reality just a figment of the
  1877. imagination? These conventional conundrums are resolved by the different approach Gaston
  1878. Bachelard takes in his study of the real and the unreal in human life. To him the unreal is no
  1879. less a part of the cosmos than is the real, and one may sometimes intuit a reality sooner and
  1880. more surely through encountering it in one's mind, in the imagination. As Bachelard asserts,
  1881. �It must be admitted that fright does not come from the object , from the scenes evoked by the
  1882. narrator; fright is born and reborn ceaselessly in the subject , within the reader's soul�
  1883. (Bachelard's emphasis; 14). He emphasizes the importance of this reorientation by calling it a
  1884. � Copernican revolution of the imagination � (Bachelard's emphasis). He continues:
  1885. This revolution is the equivalent of placing
  1886. dream before reality
  1887. nightmare before tragedy
  1888. fright before the monster
  1889. nausea before the fall;
  1890. in short, the imagination is sufficiently vivid in the subject to impose its
  1891. visions, its terrors, its sorrows. [. [. . . .] It is the imagination itself which thinks
  1892. and which suffers. (14) (14)
  1893. Page 84
  1894. 78 78
  1895. Thus the �art of living poetically� is the discipline of discerning the larger (the cosmic) reality
  1896. through the unreal, through the action of the imagination, the discipline of preparing for and
  1897. completing the real. It is an art of vision, of intuition, of speculation; and it describes the core
  1898. of Hawthorne's effort and aspiration as an artist.
  1899. A vivid example of this kind of discernment occurs in �Fancy's Show Box: A
  1900. Morality� in Twice-Told Tales . �What is Guilt?� writes Hawthorne: �A stain upon the soul�
  1901. (220). He wonders whether such a stain may be contracted by �deeds [. . . .] which, physically,
  1902. have never had existence.� What causes the stains never happened except in the imaginative
  1903. mind. Hawthorne's character experiences excruciating guilt, whether real or imagined, in his
  1904. solitude. Hawthorne continues, �In the solitude of a midnight chamber, or in a desert, afar
  1905. from men, [. . . .] the soul may pollute itself even with those crimes,� believing in solitude that
  1906. one is guilty, even if one has not committed a crime or a sin. �If this be true, it is a fearful
  1907. truth.� A fearful truth is eventful, dangerous, filled with suppositions and consequences.
  1908. �Fancy's Show Box� describes a �venerable gentleman, one Mr. Smith, who had long
  1909. been regarded as a pattern of moral excellence, [and who] was warming his aged blood with a
  1910. glass or two of generous wine� (220). Hawthorne explains: �Some old people have a dread of
  1911. solitude, [. . . . . but Mr. Smith] had no need of a babe to protect him by its purity, nor of a grown
  1912. person, to stand between him and his own soul� (221). In this solitude, Mr. Smith is visited
  1913. by �three figures entering the room�:
  1914. These were Fancy, who had assumed the garb and aspect of an itinerant
  1915. showman, with a box of pictures on her back; and Memory, in the likeness of a
  1916. clerk, with a pen behind her ear, an ink-horn at her button-hole, and a huge
  1917. manuscript volume beneath her arm; and lastly, behind the other two, a person
  1918. Page 85
  1919. 79 79
  1920. shrouded in a dusky mantle, which concealed both face and form. But Mr.
  1921. Smith had a shrewd idea that it was Conscience.
  1922. These figures remind Smith of contemptuous deeds: denying responsibility of fatherhood,
  1923. murdering a boon companion, and �stripping the clothes from the backs of three half-starved
  1924. children� (224). Whether Smith is guilty of these deeds or just imagines his guilt while he is
  1925. solitary is unimportant. What is essential is the application of the notion of reality while we
  1926. examine all our characters in the state of solitude. If one thinks that one acted, then one
  1927. suffers the effects. But what one perceives the situation to be--even in imaginings--influences
  1928. the outcome. Smith has seen into the human heart and seen himself as an instance of its
  1929. fallenness. Repeatedly Hawthorne writes of this ability to look into the human soul, to see the
  1930. truth of the human heart. In �Young Goodman Brown,� for example, it happens as the result
  1931. of some trauma (in this case, it seems, a blood initiation into a devil-worship cult). It always
  1932. bears with it a stigma of guilt, for such knowledge comes only through �sympathy� (one of
  1933. Hawthorne's famous words), and that means co-participation, if not in deed then in
  1934. imagination. This power of looking into the human heart, and especially of discerning its
  1935. reality through an adventure into the unreal of the kind that Smith makes, I shall call
  1936. �speculation,� borrowing an older sense of the word that means intuitive understanding (OED
  1937. sense 1b: �said of the soul, understanding, etc.�).
  1938. Controversial Views
  1939. Critics acclaim The Scarlet Letter as a story of the first American heroine, of a martyr,
  1940. of a woman who in her community comes to be viewed as an angel. It is a novel with the
  1941. controversial nineteenth-century theme of adultery as its focus, a novel whose sinner in exile
  1942. Page 86
  1943. 80 80
  1944. becomes a model of redemption. According to Maxwell Geismar, this novel includes �the
  1945. brooding note of pity with which Hawthorne viewed those heroic women who were sacrificed,
  1946. whether by sacred edict or social convenience, on the altar of masculine institutions� (279).
  1947. These and many more accolades may be correct. The Scarlet Letter is about an adulteress
  1948. who acquires a unique place in the community as a result of her redemption or, as I believe,
  1949. her ascension, but the reasons Hester Prynne is heroic are none of the above. Ultimately, she
  1950. is not to be pitied. Hester Prynne is heroic because she speculates in solitude. Her solitude is
  1951. recursive; she is able at length to discern the real through the unreal; she negotiates between
  1952. solitude and community; she exemplifies the achievement of the human imagination
  1953. according to Bachelard's model.
  1954. Wilson Clough views Hester Prynne as �the embodiment of self-reliance� (124), but
  1955. Hawthorne's own picture of her is more complex and does not proceed from the sort of high-
  1956. profile ego that is a prerequisite for the Transcendentalist model. Biographical accounts give
  1957. some testimony of Hawthorne's personal experience with solitude. John Gatta reads
  1958. Hawthorne's essay �The Old Manse� as containing a moment of sublime solitude. The nearby
  1959. Concord River �offers boaters a rare opportunity to find solitude and seclusion close to
  1960. civilization� (Gatta 102), and as Hawthorne records this moment, �all seemed in unison with
  1961. the river gliding by, and the foliage rustling over us, [. . . .] sacred solitude [. . . . . celebrating a
  1962. holy freedom] from all custom and conventionalism, and fettering influences of man on man�
  1963. (quoted in Gatta 103; the phrase �sacred solitude� provides Gatta his book's title).
  1964. Page 87
  1965. 81 81
  1966. Hawthorne's experience of solitude is more complex than Emerson's, and he presents Hester
  1967. in a way different from what self-reliance can account for.
  1968. The relation between Hawthorne's narrator and Hester as protagonist has often been
  1969. seen to be not only complex but conflicted, enunciating both the profound sympathy for
  1970. women that his fiction displays and the piercing distrust that he sometimes shows toward
  1971. women in roles in which they might compete with men. On the one hand come appraisals
  1972. such as Melinda Ponder's and John Idol's that �Hawthorne's complex female characters,
  1973. drawn partly from his depth of understanding and partly from literary conventions, set his
  1974. fiction apart from that of his contemporaries� (10). On the other is the reality of Hawthorne�s
  1975. well-known enmity toward women writers. Not only did he complain about having to
  1976. compete with a �damn'd mob of scribbling women�; he wrote to publisher James Fields in
  1977. 1852, �All women, as authors, are feeble and tiresome. I wish they were forbidden to write,
  1978. on pain of having their faces deeply scarified with an oyster-shell� (Ponder and Idol 11-12).
  1979. In the light of this harsh a confidential sentiment, critics tend to choose whether to see
  1980. the ambivalent portrait of Hester as a glass half empty or half full. Emily Budick,
  1981. concentrating on the fact that Hawthorne willingly portrays the coexistence of motherhood
  1982. and speculation in Hester, gives perhaps the most generous assessment of this ambiguity while
  1983. resorting to a psychoanalytic approach: �By incorporating the female letter, Hawthorne
  1984. acknowledges his own origins within the female body; he graphically demonstrates (in her
  1985. language) that his story is the extension of hers, that he (and perhaps all men or, for that
  1986. matter, all women) only edit and retell the stories their mothers tell to them� (72). T. T. Walter
  1987. Page 88
  1988. 82 82
  1989. Herbert places Hawthorne the novelist as middleman between prevailing mores and his own
  1990. feelings, writing of The Scarlet Letter that in it he �bottled up an inward distress whose
  1991. dimensions the novel itself explores, the dilemmas of a gender system requiring men to form
  1992. and maintain a public identity, while women cultivate in retirement a sensitivity to the moral
  1993. mysteries of the human heart� (164).
  1994. Hawthorne presents a double Hester, revealing to readers a suffering, loving,
  1995. independently thinking sympathetic being at the same time that his narrator more than half
  1996. affirms the Puritan community's strictures on her. Much of the narrative presents Hester as
  1997. his narrator thinks he ought to see her, as dictated by his own frame of reference, colored
  1998. perhaps by resentment and guilt. The split between these two presentations of Hester may be
  1999. helpfully labeled by the terms Victor Turner has provided for the rite of passage common to
  2000. many cultures: structure and communitas. The gestures of stricture and disapproval define
  2001. Hester within the parameter of �structure,� or social frame, while at the same time
  2002. Hawthorne's narrator goes deep within Hester's liminal passage from a transgressor
  2003. subjugated to the Puritan community's strict resolutions and punishment to a Sister of Mercy
  2004. viewed by the community as an angel. In this rite of passage, Hester Prynne attains the model
  2005. of Bachelard's art of living poetically.
  2006. Beginnings of Denial
  2007. In the first sentence of the Author's Preface to the second edition of The Scarlet Letter ,
  2008. Hawthorne writes of �unprecedented excitement in the respectable community immediately
  2009. around him� (1). As this �public disapprobation would weigh very heavily on him,�
  2010. Page 89
  2011. 83 83
  2012. Hawthorne, like Chaucer almost five hundred years before him, �disclaims such motives� as
  2013. �enmity, or ill-feeling of any kind, personal or political.� In Salem on March 30, 1850, the
  2014. emphasis is on community acceptance. Possibly Hawthorne, like Chaucer, did not care a whit
  2015. for what the �community� thought of his works, but if so, why does Hawthorne, like Chaucer,
  2016. deny his own works? Fear of rejection? Reprisals? Community acceptance is paramount in
  2017. his mind. And The Scarlet Letter is about a woman apart from community living a life of
  2018. solitude. Although she is sentenced to that fate, her position is frightful, �awful.�
  2019. In �The Custom House,� Hawthorne's narrator describes how the narrative came to
  2020. him to justify to his Salem community the reason and purpose behind his writing. He can
  2021. prove that he has the obligation to tell this story. The entire preface is another disclaimer.
  2022. The fear of not pleasing his readers or of eliciting censure from the community has as much
  2023. power over the narrator as it does over the protagonist, Hester Prynne. But only Hester loses
  2024. that fear as �thoughts visited her, such as dared to enter no other dwelling in New England;
  2025. shadowy guests� (164). By referring to his ancestors as participants in the Salem witch trials,
  2026. the narrator gains his own acceptance into the community whose members will read this book.
  2027. Yet it is an odd way to portray social acceptance. �'What is he?' murmurs one gray shadow
  2028. of my forefathers to the other. 'A writer of story-books! What kind of a business in life,--what
  2029. mode of glorifying God, or being serviceable to mankind in his day and generation,--may that
  2030. be? Why, the degenerate fellow might as well have been a fiddler!'� (10). Hawthorne�s
  2031. narrator wants readers to know that he agrees with his forefathers; adultery as a topic may not
  2032. be fitting. However, this fiddler plays with his topic and so undermines his own approval. He I
  2033. Page 90
  2034. 84 84
  2035. is acutely aware that his position as writer is already a �structurally inferior� one: not
  2036. respectable, almost as low as Hester's position as adulteress or freethinker. Is it this kinship
  2037. or the difference between them that Hawthorne wants to explore? In �The Custom House,�
  2038. no less than in the narrative itself of The Scarlet Letter , the narrator's and Hawthorne's most
  2039. pronounced accents seem to fall on the elements that would, for Turner, be clearly labeled
  2040. either �structure� or �communitas.� As a novelist Hawthorne is at pains to give the side of
  2041. structure its due at the same time that he writes robustly of its undermining through the
  2042. achievement, despite all of society's best efforts, of communitas and self-transformation.
  2043. The narrator thus has �this strange, indolent, unjoyous attachment for [his] native
  2044. town, [. . . .] as if Salem were for [him] the inevitable centre of the universe� (emphasis added;
  2045. 12). 12). For him, for the author, for Hester Prynne, and for Arthur Dimmesdale, community is the
  2046. center of their universe. Structure can confer a secure sense of identity, but it cannot bestow
  2047. joy. What happens to Hester when she is forced to leave this kind of community and enter
  2048. into a solitary life helps her strike the balance, in Bachelard's terms, between (wo)man
  2049. thinking in solitude and thinking (wo)man in the community.
  2050. Long before the reader is led to this balance, Hawthorne creates an elaborate fiction of
  2051. how his narrator came into possession of the scarlet letter. Supposedly official documents
  2052. from Jonathan Pue, an earlier surveyor of the Custom House, were left behind only to be
  2053. found by a later holder of the office, our narrator. When placing the found scarlet letter cloth
  2054. upon his own breast, the current surveyor �experienced a sensation not altogether physical, yet
  2055. almost so, as of burning heat; and as if the letter were not of red cloth, but red-hot iron� (32).
  2056. Page 91
  2057. 85 85
  2058. Neither narrator nor reader should be surprised. Hester Prynne in her solitude turns that
  2059. �iron� into strong, independent steel in her own solitude. Nevertheless, the narrator is quick
  2060. to criticize Hester so as not to praise her, describing how �[i]t had been her habit, from an
  2061. almost immemorial date, to go about the country as a kind of voluntary nurse, and doing
  2062. whatever miscellaneous good she might; taking upon herself, likewise, to give advice in all
  2063. matters, especially those of the heart; by which means, as a person of such propensities
  2064. inevitably must, she gained from many people the reverence due to an angel, but I should
  2065. imagine, was looked upon by others as an intruder and a nuisance� (32).
  2066. Hester does good, gives advice, and just when she may rise in the estimation of his
  2067. readers, the narrator names her as an �intruder� and a �nuisance.� He will not let Hester be
  2068. elevated to a place apart and above her community. When he writes about her consoling the
  2069. sinner and tending the sick, he hastens to moderate his praise with severe criticism: Hester�s
  2070. charitable works make her a meddler. Instead of mass condemnation, Hester gains heroic
  2071. proportions while separated from that very community that imposes the solitude on her. As if
  2072. to protect himself from any disapprobation, the narrator appropriates Surveyor Pue to
  2073. command him to write about Mistress Prynne; he thus has nothing at all to do with the result.
  2074. He will never separate himself from his readership, his ancestors, or his community.
  2075. Hawthorne represents him as wrestling with his knowledge along the beach or in the solitude
  2076. of the Old Manse. The solitude he experiences he must carefully cleanse of any liminality or
  2077. apartness; all is projected onto Hester.
  2078. Page 92
  2079. 86 86
  2080. Finally, as Hawthorne would have it, the narrator loses his job and so writes his tale.
  2081. After forty-six pages of denial, readers are meant to be left with the impression that the
  2082. narrator seeks--no, thrives on--community acceptance; and he is about to tell a tale of an
  2083. outcast who ultimately ascends to a quite different kind of community acceptance.
  2084. Hawthorne's heroine gains more than mere acceptance; she gains a balance of her own, a kind
  2085. of aloof indifference as she epitomizes woman thinking alone and woman thinking in the
  2086. community, which, of course, must come to her. As this tale unfolds, Hester achieves this
  2087. balance that Bachelard sought to describe.
  2088. The narrator ends his Introductory by disclaiming that he needs a �genial atmosphere�
  2089. (44) and immediately begins his narrative by stating that founders of a Utopia �have
  2090. invariably recognized it among their earliest practical necessities to allot a portion of the
  2091. virgin soil as a cemetery, and another portion as the site of a prison� (47). By linking virgin
  2092. with cemetery and prison , he thus overturns his entire argument for �genial community.� At
  2093. the same time that he presents this dark, heavy symbol affirming the enduring power of
  2094. structure, he displays it in the harshest light possible. Also, the narrator's immediate obvious
  2095. use of the rose-bush growing by the prison door, another threshold symbol, clearly refers to
  2096. Hester, so beautiful yet so painfully sinful. He continues his disclaimer by proposing to use
  2097. the rose �to symbolize some sweet moral blossom that may be found along the track, or
  2098. relieve the darkening close of a tale of human frailty and sorrow� (48). Yet The Scarlet Letter
  2099. is not a tale of frailty; quite the contrary, it is a tale of learned strength.
  2100. Page 93
  2101. 87 87
  2102. Recursive Solitude
  2103. What kind of a person is Hester Prynne? Her solitude begins when the novel begins;
  2104. however, the reader learns slowly of what events occurred before her condemnation. She is
  2105. English; she married an older man, a doctor, not so much out of love as out of availability.
  2106. She sailed to Salem, was separated from her husband for two years during which time she fell
  2107. in love with the local preacher, had his child, was imprisoned, and was sentenced to stand
  2108. alone on the scaffold and to live alone with her child outside of the community, �looking
  2109. across a basin of the sea at the forest-covered hills, toward the west� (81). Although the sea is
  2110. not emphasized, Hester is part of that �edgeness,� that threshold that Ishmael and the hordes at
  2111. Walden attempt to experience. The purported wildness or wilderness is always toward the
  2112. west. While the novel itself begins with her standing on the scaffold with her illegitimate
  2113. child in her arms, how Hester Prynne uses her ostracism evolves slowly and subtly.
  2114. Besides characterizing Hester as an adulteress, obeying the commandments of
  2115. Winthrop's sermon by living her penance in solitude and by wearing the brand of adulteress,
  2116. the narrator continues to temper his view with mixed condemnation and subtle praise.
  2117. Although her child Pearl is described as an �imp� or �elf,� the child is further classified as
  2118. �the scarlet letter endowed with life!� (102). The child becomes an extension of the sin. That
  2119. �the child could not be made amenable to rules� (91) is no surprise; neither could Hester.
  2120. Previously, Hawthorne's narrator defended his ancestors and his religion by writing �the
  2121. penalty thereof [ie, of adultery] is death� (63) and then offered an excuse for why Hester
  2122. should live by adding, �But, in their great mercy and tenderness of heart, they have doomed
  2123. Page 94
  2124. 88 88
  2125. Mistress Prynne to stand only a space of three hours on the platform of the pillory, and then
  2126. and thereafter, for the remainder of her natural life, to wear a mark of shame upon her bosom�
  2127. (63). Because neither Dimmesdale, her child's father, nor her dark husband, Roger
  2128. Chillingworth, acknowledges her, Hester takes all the blame.
  2129. Even though Dimmesdale begs Hester to name him so as to relieve him of his guilt,
  2130. Hester will not speak the name of her lover. Dimmesdale, as his name symbolically suggests,
  2131. is too weak a man to stand with Hester or to admit his guilt publicly. Only in the darkest night
  2132. and in the seclusion of the forest glade does Dimmesdale stand with Hester. To praise Hester
  2133. and to obviate Dimmesdale's role in Hester's adultery, Hawthorne has Dimmesdale say to the
  2134. assembled magistracy, �Wondrous strength and generosity of a woman's heart! She will not
  2135. speak!� (68). Dimmesdale praises the woman who refuses to acknowledge his own weakness
  2136. in denying his sin by omission and silence.
  2137. Hester will not even condemn her husband as she murmurs, �I have greatly wronged
  2138. thee� (74) to Roger Chillingworth, the greatest sinner in the novel, who violates the sanctity of
  2139. the human heart. Yet Hester agrees not to tell anyone of her relationship to Chillingworth as
  2140. she wonders, �Hast thou enticed me into a bond that will prove the ruin of my soul?� (77).
  2141. Hester thinks then that keeping a secret will �ruin� her soul; she is only beginning to speculate
  2142. on the ruin of her soul. Later, when Hester appears ghostlike, a lifeless transformation, her
  2143. face and beautiful hair shrouded in ignominy, the narrator suggests that Hester needs the
  2144. �magic touch� of a man. He seems the deplorable misogynist; however, the men provided--
  2145. Page 95
  2146. 89 89
  2147. intentionally?--as exemplars of their sex, Dimmesdale and Chillingworth, could never
  2148. approach Hester's ultimate level of thought and action.
  2149. Praise underlies the narrator's criticism, and criticism, his praise. �She was patient,--a
  2150. martyr, indeed,--but she forbore to pray for her enemies; lest, in spite of her forgiving
  2151. aspirations, the words of the blessing should stubbornly twist themselves into a curse� (85).
  2152. Words like patient and a martyr indeed seem to elevate Hester, but closer attention to the text
  2153. shows that the word indeed , used ostensibly to intensify, has the effect of reducing the single
  2154. word martyr to a perhaps. Even Hester's �forgiving aspiration� might twist the blessing into a
  2155. curse if it were spoken, for these men had subjugated her to their will and had refused to
  2156. acknowledge their connection to her very life. It has been said as a criticism of her character
  2157. that Hester remains in or near Boston because Hawthorne and his narrator are males and
  2158. would have wanted her obedient. But Hester stays for years and even dies there because she
  2159. loves Dimmesdale; she leaves only when he is dead and when she makes the decision to leave
  2160. for a while with her daughter. Furthermore, Hester's growth into the poet-thinker-actor comes
  2161. only as a result of her remaining in solitude adjacent to but outside of her community.
  2162. Hidden in the allegations of shame and infamy leveled against Hester are words and
  2163. phrases that undermine the narrator's condemnation. Hester's �ascending the scaffold� begins
  2164. that paradox, juxtaposition, and undermining. �[R]ather, thou hast ascended to the pedestal of
  2165. infamy, on which I found thee� (73-74), says her husband, not realizing to what positive
  2166. heights Hester will ascend. She rises to punishment but ascends to achieve the status of angel,
  2167. ultimately to fall to speculation and rise again to uncertainty. �The very law that condemned
  2168. Page 96
  2169. 90 90
  2170. her [. . . .] had held her up, through the terrible ordeal of her ignominy. But now [. . . .] began
  2171. the daily custom, and she must either sustain and carry it forward by the ordinary resources of
  2172. her nature, or sink beneath it� (78). Hester, like Melville's Pip, does �sink beneath it,� but in
  2173. that sinking she attains new heights. That �[s]he could no longer borrow from the future, to
  2174. help her through the present grief� (78-79) shows how Hester becomes one with the present.
  2175. �[T]he torture of her daily shame would at length purge her soul, and work out another
  2176. purity than that which she had lost; more saint-like, because of the result of martyrdom� (80).
  2177. How could a condemned adulterer ever be pure? Hester does work out �another purity� that is
  2178. �more saint-like� as she finally rejects her punishment and plans to escape with Dimmesdale.
  2179. However, that sacred martyrdom, her spiritual death, leads Hester to a mental plane on which
  2180. she is able to perceive differences above any human law. Her ascendancy, intellectually,
  2181. comes not as Hawthorne and the narrator describe the relationship between mother and child
  2182. as �awful sacredness� but as a relationship between what she perceives and what she thinks
  2183. she ought to perceive. The �awful� part of sacredness is acompanied by intellectual change
  2184. and growth. That �awful sacredness� reflects the town's perception of Hester as they
  2185. ultimately view her embroidered letter A to represent Angel, just as Hawthorne has
  2186. embroidered the story with additional layers of meaning like the brilliant A in contrast to the
  2187. gray garb it rests upon. They ultimately view this embroidered A as having �the effect of the
  2188. cross on a nun's bosom� (163). Nuns are chaste; Hester was not; her cross is her aloneness.
  2189. Perhaps Hester changes the implied metaphor of the sacrificial cross into a meaning consistent
  2190. with the poetics of solitude, in which she gives her life for and to herself. Hester rises above
  2191. Page 97
  2192. 91 91
  2193. because she speculates; that is both her greatest sin and her grandest triumph. Hester�s
  2194. bosom, her heart, led her to her passion, her original sin of adultery. That combination of the
  2195. words cross , nun , and bosom belies the narrator's condemnation and instead augments his
  2196. subtle praise, a combination that Hawthorne himself is at great pains to set up. What leads
  2197. Hester to her ultimate triumph of the life of the poet-thinker in community begins with the
  2198. recursive solitude which feeds upon itself.
  2199. When Governor Bellingham and the magistrates call Hester Prynne to the Governor�s
  2200. Hall with the intention of taking Pearl away from her, Pearl compounds the problem by failing
  2201. to answer her catechism question. Hester does argue for keeping Pearl by exclaiming that
  2202. �this badge has taught me [. . . .] lessons whereof my child may be the wiser and better� (111).
  2203. Pearl certainly does become �wiser and better,� but not because she learns that community
  2204. rule takes priority over individual thought but because her mother teaches her what she,
  2205. Hester, has long been doing, questioning authority. It is not until Hester demands, �Speak
  2206. thou for me!� (113) that Dimmesdale pleads her case, �that this boon [Pearl] was meant,
  2207. above all things else, to keep the mother's soul alive, and to preserve her from blacker depths
  2208. of sin into which Satan might else have sought to plunge her!� (114). Naive, book-learned
  2209. Dimmesdale has no idea of the depths to which Hester has already plunged in her solitude.
  2210. He thinks that Hester's keeping Pearl will keep her from sin and from ever joining Mistress
  2211. Hibbins, who later is hanged as a witch. Even Hester remarks, �Had they taken her [Pearl]
  2212. from me, I would willingly have gone with thee [Hibbins] into the forest, and signed my name
  2213. in the Black Man's book too, and that with mine own blood!� (117).
  2214. Page 98
  2215. 92 92
  2216. Hester goes into a wilderness, a forest all her own as she speculates, but the narrator
  2217. must conclude this chapter with the observation: �Even thus early had the child saved her
  2218. from Satan's snare� (117). A passage somewhat after the scene with the governor discusses
  2219. inner changes in Hester:
  2220. Much of the marble coldness of Hester's impression was to be attributed to the
  2221. circumstance that her life had turned, in a great measure, from passion and
  2222. feeling, to thought. Standing alone in the world,--alone, as to any dependence
  2223. on society, and with little Pearl to be guided and protected,--alone, and
  2224. hopeless of retrieving her position, even had she not scorned to consider it
  2225. desirable,--she cast away the fragments of a broken chain. The world's law
  2226. was no law for her mind. It was an age in which the human intellect, newly
  2227. emancipated, had taken a more active and a wider range than for many
  2228. centuries before. [. [. . . .] Hester Prynne imbibed this spirit. She assumed a
  2229. freedom of speculation, then common enough on the other side of the Atlantic,
  2230. but which our forefathers, had they known of it, would have held to be a
  2231. deadlier crime than that stigmatized by the scarlet letter. (164) (164)
  2232. The entire passage is filled with ambivalence: speculative thought is all right in Europe but
  2233. not in New England; thought is sanctioned for men but not for women; thinking makes a
  2234. woman cold as she loses passion and feeling; Hester fulfills her obligations only through the
  2235. saving presence of her child. The narrator reflects that his forefathers would have condemned
  2236. Hester Prynne for thinking outside of community dictates. He further suggests that without
  2237. the presence of Pearl, Hester might have become another Anne Hutchinson, a �prophetess,� or
  2238. even �attempt[ed] to undermine the foundations of the Puritan establishment� (165). Is
  2239. Hawthorne suggesting and the narrator beginning to see that that is exactly what Hester
  2240. Prynne has already done?
  2241. Indeed, the same dark question often rose into her mind, with reference to the whole
  2242. race of womanhood. �Was existence worth accepting, even to the happiest among them? As As
  2243. Page 99
  2244. 93 93
  2245. concerned her own individual existence, she had long ago decided in the negative, and
  2246. dismissed the point as settled� (165). The narrator then disclaims any respect for Hester�s
  2247. new awareness by generalizing that for all women speculation makes them sad, that they
  2248. cannot tear down and build up again like men. �A woman never overcomes these problems
  2249. by any exercise of thought,� he continues, but only if �her heart chance to come uppermost�
  2250. (166). Even Hester considers and rejects a double suicide.
  2251. But the narrator then makes one sentence into a whole paragraph as he writes, �The
  2252. scarlet letter had not done its office� (166). Office , derived from the Latin term for �duty,�
  2253. denotes a domain strictly within Turner's realm of �structure.� Seen outside that viewpoint,
  2254. the scarlet letter has another function: it provides the vehicle, the situation, whereby Hester
  2255. Prynne could think, could wonder, could question, could speculate, in her recursive solitude as
  2256. she perceives the real from the unreal--something which may mirror what the narrator himself
  2257. has done but which he must deny and hide from his ancestors and his readers at the same time
  2258. that he affirms it: �She had climbed her way, since then [before sentencing], to a higher point�
  2259. (167). To look into the human heart requires an inner freedom from social norms. To To
  2260. �speculate� in the sense I use it here resonates with its accepted connotation of unorthodox
  2261. thought, freethinking. Never, however, are Hester's thought adventures blithe or
  2262. irresponsible, bought as they are with scorn and struggle.
  2263. The Real and the Unreal
  2264. For most of her life outside the Boston community that condemns her, Hester Prynne
  2265. vacillates between what she perceives as real and unreal. Since Pearl is her only companion
  2266. Page 100
  2267. 94 94
  2268. and too young to respond to her musings, Hester must come to her own realizations of what is
  2269. actual and what is not. That process takes years; not until she either accepts a difference or
  2270. dismisses the difference as inconsequential is she able to move from Bachelard's poet-thinker
  2271. to his ideal of the poet-thinker-in-the-community.
  2272. �[F]or women in solitude, and with troubled hearts, are pestered with unaccountable
  2273. delusions� (97). The narrator admits that Hester speculates in her solitude, yet he disparages
  2274. women for so speculating and adds that these are women with �troubled� hearts. Earlier he
  2275. had written that only if a woman supplants heart with head can she possibly retain her
  2276. femininity, as if putting heart above mind quells all thought. However, do these �troubled�
  2277. women think original ideas? Question authority? Consider alternate beliefs? For the For the
  2278. narrator, no; they can only experience �unaccountable delusions.� Hester sees, according to
  2279. him, only the unreal; she has no connection in her solitude with the real. But the successful
  2280. Bachelardian model sees both real and unreal and reconciles them to satisfy, if you will, both
  2281. mind and heart.
  2282. In Hester's solitude comes one of the most intense descriptions of her reverie, her
  2283. mental work:
  2284. Reminiscences, the most trifling and immaterial, passages of infancy and
  2285. school-days, sports, childish quarrels, and the little domestic traits of her
  2286. maiden years, came swarming back upon her, intermingled with recollections
  2287. of whatever was gravest in her subsequent life; one picture precisely as vivid as
  2288. another; as if all were of similar importance, or all alike a play. (57)
  2289. Here Hester has clearly gained a perspective, recognized by author and narrator. A �play� is a
  2290. performance, usually in an ordered sequence; now, Hester can distance herself from the real
  2291. Page 101
  2292. 95 95
  2293. and examine the unreal of her past--unreal, as Bachelard argues, because it already occurred
  2294. and because these reminiscences are distanced by time which alter the remembering. These These
  2295. moments from her memory have entered the realm of the imaginal and suggest much more
  2296. than their singular occurrence in the past; they now become instances of contemplation.
  2297. However, the narrator deprecates this remembering and re-associating with the real by
  2298. describing the remembered events as �little domestic traits.� If he were describing a man, he
  2299. never would have used such diction. Previously, in her mind, Hester combines the real with
  2300. the unreal by blotting out what was happening to her in prison and on the scaffold. �Then, she
  2301. was supported by an unnatural tension of the nerves, and by all the combative energy of her
  2302. character, which enabled her to convert the scene into a kind of lurid triumph� (78). That
  2303. combination of the words lurid and triumph , much like �awful sacredness,� undermines the
  2304. narrator's dismissal of Hester's thoughtfulness pejoratively as womanly rather than as
  2305. Hester's achievement. This characterization of Hester may cause the narrator to rethink her
  2306. merits, but always he returns to his original premise of frail woman and sinful passion: �she
  2307. would become the general symbol at which the preacher and moralist might point, and in
  2308. which they might vivify and embody their images of woman's frailty and sinful passion� (79).
  2309. Although Hawthorne's narrator is certain of the reality of sin, he must--to satisfy
  2310. ancestors, readers, community--repeat his notion that she �who had once been innocent� is
  2311. �the figure, the body, the reality of sin. And over her grave, the infamy that she must carry
  2312. thither would be her only monument� (79). Even at her death, for him, Hester will be known
  2313. Page 102
  2314. 96 96
  2315. only for her sin; her retribution of that sin, of course, he does concede but not her great
  2316. accomplishment of perception.
  2317. Another potent image of Hester's mental work is given in the following scene, and
  2318. again the narrator presents it with characteristic ambivalence. �Women derive a pleasure,� he
  2319. writes, �incomprehensible to the other sex, from the delicate toil of the needle. To Hester
  2320. Prynne it might have been a mode of expressing, and therefore soothing, the passion of her
  2321. life. Like all other joys, she rejected it as sin� (83-84). Although he assumes Hester and all
  2322. women thoroughly enjoy being seamstresses, he also assumes that that work will soothe her.
  2323. If only the narrator had taken a moment to look at women sewing, he would see that they
  2324. think undisturbed, that they meditate, that they are often alone with their thoughts, but
  2325. Hawthorne's purpose here seems to be to show the inability of the narrator to comprehend
  2326. solitude in its various emanations, to remain the uncomprehending observer, to lack solitude
  2327. and its benefits himself. If Hester's needlework was so �soothing� to her passions, why then
  2328. did she embroider that letter A so brilliantly that it virtually shone from her breast? To attract
  2329. attention to her occupation of needlework? To flaunt her sin? Perhaps the brilliantly
  2330. embroidered A signifies the Alpha, the beginning of Hester's descent into the world of what is
  2331. real and what is not, what relates to her and what does not, and what or who makes decisions
  2332. for her or not.
  2333. An Art of Living Poetically
  2334. Her imagination was somewhat affected, and, had she been of a softer moral
  2335. and intellectual fibre, would have been still more so, by the strange and solitary
  2336. anguish of her life. Walking to and fro, [. . . .] she felt or fancied, then, that the
  2337. scarlet letter had endowed her with a new sense. She shuddered to believe
  2338. Page 103
  2339. 97 97
  2340. [. [. . . .] that it gave her a sympathetic knowledge of the hidden sin in other hearts.
  2341. She was terror-stricken by the revelations that were thus made. [. [. . . .M]ust she
  2342. receive those intimations--so obscure, yet so distinct--as truth? In all her
  2343. miserable experience, there was nothing else so awful and so loathsome as this
  2344. sense. It perplexed, as well as shocked her, by the irreverent inopportuneness
  2345. of the occasions that brought it into vivid action. (86-87)
  2346. The letter has given her a new sense; she can read the sins of others because she is silent,
  2347. aware, and perceptive. Instead of talking, she listens and thinks; instead of partaking in
  2348. community affairs and socials, she remains distant, aloof, apart but a part, and then she
  2349. speculates. So, in her aloneness, she is able to perceive a reality hidden from those not
  2350. experiencing her solitude. The narrator calls her new knowledge, her keen awareness �awful
  2351. and loathsome� because he too fears the ability to see into the human heart. Hester becomes
  2352. one with the reality of the inner souls of many women. �Again, a mystic sisterhood would
  2353. contumaciously assert itself, as she met the sanctified frown of some matron, who, according
  2354. to the rumor of all tongues, had kept cold snow within her bosom [. . . .] and the burning shame
  2355. on Hester Prynne's,--what had the two in common? Or, once more, the electric thrill would
  2356. give her warning,--'Behold, Hester, here is a companion!'� (87). Rather than making a verbal
  2357. connection with these souls, Hester is left alone because the community has condemned her to
  2358. her aloneness.
  2359. But Hester Prynne, with a mind of native courage and activity, and for so long
  2360. a period not merely estranged, but outlawed, from society, had habituated
  2361. herself to such latitude of speculation as was altogether foreign to the
  2362. clergyman. She had wandered, without rule or guidance, in a moral wilderness;
  2363. as vast, as intricate and shadowy, as the untamed forest [. . . .]. Her intellect and
  2364. heart had their home, as it were, in desert places, where she roamed as freely as
  2365. the wild Indian in his woods. For years past she looked from this estranged
  2366. point of view at human institutions, and whatever priests or legislators had
  2367. established; criticizing all with hardly more reverence than the Indian [. . . .].
  2368. Page 104
  2369. 98 98
  2370. The tendency of her fate and fortunes had been to set her free. The scarlet
  2371. letter was her passport into regions where other women dared not tread.
  2372. Shame, Despair, Solitude! These had been her teachers,--stern and wild
  2373. ones,--and they had made her strong, but taught her much amiss. (199-200)
  2374. These words are opposites: on the dangerous side are wandered , wilderness , shadowy ,
  2375. untamed , desert , wild , Indian , dared , and tread . All of them warn the reader of the narrator�s
  2376. disapprobation of Hester's delving into discerning between the real and the unreal. He I
  2377. reminds his audience that such thoughts are outlawed and foreign even to clergymen.
  2378. Although making Hester strong, her solitude had taught her wrong. Perception of the real and
  2379. the unreal is disconcerting for Hester, the narrator, and their communities.
  2380. Clearly Hester Prynne achieves the solitude advocated by Bachelard as she learns
  2381. through her recursive solitude, discerns between real and unreal, learns about herself and her
  2382. attitudes and beliefs--and nonbeliefs--as she ultimately moves from the poet-thinker to the
  2383. community-thinker. The men of learning, Dimmesdale and Chillingworth never ascend as a
  2384. result of their learning. Theirs is book knowledge; Hester's knowledge is her life experience.
  2385. When Hester meets Dimmesdale in the forest glen, she reveals to him her mental
  2386. growth. She had earlier admitted to herself that she hates Chillingworth--�I hate the man!�
  2387. (176)--but in the forest she tells Dimmesdale that Chillingworth is her husband and warns the
  2388. preacher of his evil, vengeful plan. Dimmesdale, also a man of books, not of action, cannot
  2389. do what Hester exhorts him to do: �Or,--as is more thy nature,--be a scholar and a sage among
  2390. the wisest and most renowned of the cultivated world. Preach! Write! Act! Do anything, save
  2391. to lie down and die!� (198). To this, Dimmesdale, who has not the intense experience of
  2392. solitude that graced Hester, replies, �I must die here. There is not the strength or courage left
  2393. Page 105
  2394. 99 99
  2395. me to venture into the wide, strange, difficult world, alone!� Hester reassures him that he will
  2396. not share her fate: �Thou shalt not go alone!�
  2397. Hester Prynne moves from her solitude to a quasi-place in the community because the
  2398. townspeople come to her not just for her needlework but to confide in her, to share dark
  2399. secrets with her, to admit temptations, confessions that are usually reserved, if not, as with
  2400. Catholics, for the priest, then for the hearing of one's God alone:
  2401. But, in the lapse of the toilsome, thoughtful, and self-devoted years that made
  2402. up Hester's life, the scarlet letter ceased to be a stigma which attracted the
  2403. world's scorn and bitterness, and became a type of something to be sorrowed
  2404. over, and looked upon with awe, yet with reverence too. And, as Hester
  2405. Prynne had no selfish ends, nor lived in any measure for her own profit and
  2406. enjoyment, people brought all their sorrows and perplexities, and besought her
  2407. counsel, as one who had herself gone through a mighty trouble. Women, more
  2408. especially, [. . . .] came to Hester's cottage, demanding why they were so
  2409. wretched, and what the remedy! [. [. . . .] Earlier in life, Hester had vainly
  2410. imagined that she herself might be the destined prophetess, but had long since
  2411. recognized the impossibility that any mission of divine and mysterious truth
  2412. should be confided to a woman stained with sin, bowed down with shame, or
  2413. even burdened with a life-long sorrow. The angel and apostle of the coming
  2414. revelation must be a woman, indeed, but lofty, pure, and beautiful; and wise,
  2415. moreover, not through dusky grief, but the ethereal medium of joy; and
  2416. showing how sacred love should make us happy, by the truest test of a life
  2417. successful to such an end! (263)
  2418. Although Hawthorne's narrator admits the mitigating effects of the scarlet letter, he cannot,
  2419. will not, allow that Hester has achieved a life of reverence in the community. He concedes
  2420. that the �angel�--Hester had achieved that status in the eyes of the community--must be a
  2421. woman, but not a woman like Hester. Earlier in the novel, Hester had returned from the
  2422. bedside of the dying Governor Winthrop, the one who set the rules of behavior for a
  2423. community subjugated to the rules of its elders. His death symbolizes the death of that old
  2424. Page 106
  2425. 100 100
  2426. rule, certainly for Hester, but not for the narrator. Does he believe that Hester does not
  2427. achieve �the ethereal medium of joy�? Through the juxtaposition of Hester and the narrator,
  2428. Hawthorne is able to explore the way in which the intense experience of solitude changes the
  2429. very marrow of a soul while the observer can see yet not comprehend that change. As a
  2430. poet-thinker who acts in the community, Hester Prynne certainly does achieve an art of living
  2431. poetically, as suggested by an interpretation of Bachelard's philosophy. And she achieves it in
  2432. solitude. Hester Prynne's liminality is complete: �in her lonesome cottage, by the sea-shore,
  2433. thoughts visited her, such as dared to enter no other dwelling in New England� (164). Over
  2434. her threshold come speculation and finally independent thought and enough self-respect to
  2435. return to the shore, away from the community that made her a pariah. Yet her keynote all
  2436. along is a melancholy sympathy coupled with courage; �joy� does not describe the fruits of
  2437. this solitude. A second instance of solitude, provided by Melville's Pip, the cabin boy, shows
  2438. a descent and ascent into a solitude that expands our understanding of the state.
  2439. Page 107
  2440. 101 101
  2441. Chapter 4
  2442. Melville's Solitary Men: Bartleby, Pip, and Ishmael
  2443. They that go down to the sea in ships, that do business in
  2444. great waters;
  2445. These see the works of the Lord, and his wonders in the
  2446. deep.
  2447. --Psalm 107: 23-24
  2448. On November 17, 1851, Herman Melville wrote a remarkable letter to Nathaniel
  2449. Hawthorne responding to Hawthorne's praise of Moby-Dick , imputing a mystical brotherhood
  2450. of spirit with his fellow writer and friend in his characteristic hyperbolic way: �Whence come
  2451. you, Hawthorne? By what right do you drink from my flagon of life?� (Melville Moby-Dick
  2452. 545). He goes on to say:
  2453. Now and then as you read, you understood the pervading thought that impelled
  2454. the book--and that you praised. Was it not so? You were archangel enough to
  2455. despise the imperfect body, and embrace the soul. Once you hugged the ugly
  2456. Socrates because you saw the flame in the mouth, and heard the rushing of the
  2457. demon,--the familiar,--and recognized the sound; for you have heard it in your
  2458. own solitudes. (Melville Moby-Dick 546)
  2459. The kinship that Melville sensed in Hawthorne involves an experience of solitude that he can
  2460. liken only to a divine flame or a demonic familiar. The profound experience of solitude
  2461. requires a mythic, religious, or poetic cosmos to name its heights and depths.
  2462. This is the same kinship of imagination to which Melville drew attention in
  2463. �Hawthorne and His Mosses,� his review essay of Hawthorne's Mosses from an Old Manse .
  2464. Page 108
  2465. 102 102
  2466. There he attributes to Hawthorne �a great, deep intellect, which drops down into the universe
  2467. like a plummet� (Melville Moby-Dick 520) and a �great power of blackness [. . . .] from whose
  2468. visitations, in some shape or other, no deeply thinking mind is always and wholly free� (521).
  2469. And he goes on to confess, �Now it is that blackness in Hawthorne, of which I have spoken,
  2470. that so fixes and fascinates me� (522).
  2471. This depth, this darkness, is a capacity of the imagination. Hawthorne's Hester Prynne
  2472. is ultimately firmly rooted in reality, whereas the venerable gentleman Mr. Smith of �Fancy�s
  2473. Show-Box� lives entirely in his imagination. Even though Hester's visitors are members of
  2474. that Puritan community that condemns her, they do indeed come to her for solace and
  2475. redemption. Hester throws off the tenets of her religion to think and wonder alone as to her
  2476. purpose and meaning and role in life and so educates her child of sin, Pearl, to become an
  2477. early feminist, a thinking woman. (At the very least, we can suppose such an outcome.)
  2478. However, for venerable Mr. Smith, Hawthorne asks, �And could such beings of cloudy
  2479. fantasy, so near akin to nothingness, give valid evidence against him, at the day of judgment?�
  2480. (225). But with a prick from Conscience �too keen to be endured,� Smith bellows aloud, with
  2481. impatient agony, and his guests are gone. �Yet his heart still seemed to fester with the venom
  2482. of the dagger.�
  2483. Hawthorne continues his argument of imagining reality in solitude as he states, �A
  2484. scheme of guilt, till it be put in execution, greatly resembles a train of incidents in a projected
  2485. tale. The latter, in order to produce a sense of reality in the reader's mind, must be conceived
  2486. with such proportionate strength by the author as to seem, in the glow of fancy, more like
  2487. Page 109
  2488. 103 103
  2489. truth, past, present or to come, than purely fiction� (225). In his solitude Smith imagines his
  2490. guilt even though he, physically, never committed these crimes; nevertheless, Conscience
  2491. does stab him. Then, are his imagined sins real? Does thinking so make it a sin? This This
  2492. assumption is not strange to Western narrative, most familiarly cast in terms of lust. Jesus Jesus
  2493. said, �But I say unto you, That whosoever looketh on a woman to lust after her hath
  2494. committed adultery with her already in his heart� (Matt. 5: 28). In Chaucer's Physician's Tale
  2495. in The Canterbury Tales , Virginia's father executes her because he learns that an enemy of
  2496. his, Apius, lusts for his daughter. In this turnabout incident, the one punished is the one lusted
  2497. after. So Virginia, through no action or fault of her own, is beheaded because of her �fatal
  2498. attraction.� Imagination seems tied to reality through guilt.
  2499. The premise is that thought in solitude may or may not bring the poet to a higher level.
  2500. In this study the results are very clear and very real despite what is seen or imagined. As for
  2501. Smith, his three visitors affect him. His pain is just as real in his conscience as if he had been
  2502. wounded, and so the actions that he is accused of are real. Fancy is real, then, to the person
  2503. who imagines it. In the outside world the effects are real, so the causes are real. Our
  2504. characters change in the outside world. If characters change the way they act in the outside
  2505. world, then what happens in solitude is very real. Therefore, for Herman Melville's solitary
  2506. Bartleby, Pip, and Ishmael, imagining becomes their reality. And to a greater or lesser extent
  2507. each of them responds to the Bachelardian model.
  2508. Page 110
  2509. 104 104
  2510. Melville's Bartleby: Writing and Memory
  2511. In Herman Melville's �Bartleby, the Scrivener,� Bartleby's seemingly tragic choice
  2512. may have arisen from his own imaginings. Bartleby, in effect, kills himself. His reality is his
  2513. choice, and he carries it out. Just as fancy is real to the person who imagines it, memory may
  2514. have played a part in his demise. Bartleby is a clerk, a copyist, a writer. Hawthorne�s
  2515. Memory is characterized �in the likeness of a clerk, with a pen behind her ear, an ink-horn at
  2516. her button-hole, and a huge manuscript volume beneath her arm� (Hawthorne �Fancy� 221).
  2517. Hawthorne's Memory is a writer. Bartleby seems in part to be conceived along the same
  2518. lines, as completely defined by his writing function and as unswervingly focused on the
  2519. merciless morality of memory.
  2520. The first-person narrator questions Bartleby's choices but never his conscience or his
  2521. reality. The narrator-lawyer, seemingly the only meditative character, must attempt to explain
  2522. Bartleby in his--the narrator's--own terms. In one two-inch paragraph of print, the lawyer
  2523. attempts to explain Bartleby but uses the pronoun �I� ten times! Like another Winthrop who
  2524. wants everyone in his theocracy to comply with all his rules, the narrator concludes that
  2525. Bartleby can be explained (not understood) by his past, his memory. Bartleby, a law-copyist
  2526. in the narrator's office, has come to his new job from the Dead Letter Office, where he had
  2527. been a subordinate clerk. Relating this discovery, the narrator-lawyer muses:
  2528. When I think over this rumor, hardly can I express the emotions which seize
  2529. me. Dead letters! does it not sound like dead men? Conceive a man by nature
  2530. and misfortune prone to a pallid hopelessness, can any business seem more
  2531. fitted to heighten it than that of continually handling these dead letters, and
  2532. assorting them for the flames? [. [. . . .] On errands of life, these letters speed to
  2533. death. death. (45) (45)
  2534. Page 111
  2535. 105 105
  2536. The narrator claims knowledge of Bartleby's nature and experience, when in actuality
  2537. the narrator lacks almost all insight into himself and others even when this elderly, safe ,
  2538. religious man describes himself and his clerks in great detail. Even before Bartleby arrives,
  2539. and before the employer describes his clerks, he describes his surroundings. One of the most
  2540. telling details is that in one direction his office �looked upon the white wall of the interior of a
  2541. spacious sky-light shaft,� while in the other it offered �an unobstructed view of a lofty brick
  2542. wall, black by age and everlasting shade; which wall [. . . .] was pushed up to within ten feet of
  2543. my window panes [. . . . . so that t]he interval between this wall and mine not a little resembled a
  2544. huge square cistern� (14). He acknowledges that his view is �deficient in what landscape
  2545. painters call 'life,'� but it seems likely that �deficient in life� would also describe the narrator-
  2546. lawyer's view of humanity. The narrator who would explain Bartleby has his own �wall�--
  2547. both real and imagined--in place even before Bartleby arrives.
  2548. The narrator writes, as in remembrance, �a motionless young man one morning, stood
  2549. upon my office threshold [. . . .]. I can see that figure now--pallidly neat, pitiably respectable,
  2550. incurably forlorn! It was Bartleby� (19). His adverbs diminish the adjectives and create
  2551. paradox. So that �privacy and society were conjoined,� the lawyer places Bartleby's �desk
  2552. close up to a small side-window [. . . . . that] commanded [. . . .] no view at all, though it gave
  2553. some light.� Apparently, that isolation was not complete. �Still further to a satisfactory
  2554. arrangement, I procured a high green folding screen, which might entirely isolate Bartleby
  2555. from my sight, though not remove him from my voice.� Does Bartleby consider the
  2556. arrangement satisfactory? The narrator-employer never inquires; the reader does not know.
  2557. Page 112
  2558. 106 106
  2559. At first, Bartleby does his copying, an �extraordinary quantity of writing [. . . .] to gorge
  2560. himself on my documents [. . . . . with] no pause for digestion.� But the employer is not quite
  2561. pleased because Bartleby is not �cheerfully industrious. But he wrote on silently, palely,
  2562. mechanically� (20). However, when the lawyer asks his copyist to help him proofread word
  2563. by word, Bartleby replies, �I would prefer not to.� Bartleby reinforces his own solitude by
  2564. writing behind the physical partition that his employer, the narrator, puts up to separate them
  2565. and which now creates a verbal barrier: the word is copied but not uttered aloud. �Nothing so
  2566. aggravates an earnest person as a passive resistance� (23). The narrator works at tolerating
  2567. Bartleby in order to to �lay up in [his] soul what will eventually prove a sweet morsel for [his]
  2568. conscience� (23-24), but his conscience is not pricked. Next, Bartleby refuses to copy at all.
  2569. When the narrator asks why, Bartleby replies, �Do you not see the reason for yourself� (32).
  2570. His employer thinks that Bartleby's vision is impaired, but Bartleby can �see�--he is
  2571. Bachelard's poet--what the narrator cannot. Bartleby has certainly reached that level of
  2572. indifference. �'I have given up copying,' he answered, and slid aside.�
  2573. The five men in the office work in the same place but never form a community. When
  2574. the lawyer discovers that Bartleby lives in the office, he tries to fire him; finally, the lawyer
  2575. moves out and leaves Bartleby there alone. When the new tenant asks him about Bartleby, the
  2576. lawyer denies ever having known him: �I certainly cannot inform you. I know nothing about
  2577. him� (40). Bartleby is removed by the authorities to the Tombs; the narrator's guilt or
  2578. curiosity prompts him to give money to the caretaker for food for Bartleby, but he has starved
  2579. himself to death. Bartleby has joined the ultimate solitude.
  2580. Page 113
  2581. 107 107
  2582. Hawthorne's �venerable gentleman, Mr. Smith,� Bartleby, and the narrator are raised
  2583. to different levels of consciousness, but confusion arises--for Bartleby at least--from the
  2584. community as represented by the narrator and its/his conflicting ideas. Although the
  2585. Buddhists and Taoists use meditation to recognize reality, the reality for Bartleby is clearly not
  2586. the reality of his environment or of his narrator. Bartleby rejects community, preferring not to
  2587. copy, not to move, not to eat. He dies apart. His rite of passage to death leads him to another
  2588. reality. Even the lawyer murmurs aloud that Bartleby is now with �kings and counsellors�
  2589. (45), as he quotes from the Book of Job. Bartleby chooses, but Melville's narrator does not
  2590. tell us what Bartleby learns in his solitude. Or does he? Bartleby keeps moving further and
  2591. further away from community, like an extreme image of Brodkey's writer in the garret. The The
  2592. copier who writes alone--ironically, writing only the words of others-- began alone and ends
  2593. alone. It is not so much that he chooses another group as that he goes to the Tombs because it
  2594. is the only place he could go to die. Bainard Cowan argues:
  2595. Bartleby is a member of society only in death. [. [. . . .] What is true and
  2596. blameworthy of the attorney at the beginning of the story, though not
  2597. immediately apparent, is true and apparent in Bartleby to the point of
  2598. absurdity--beyond the point of moral judgment. He is a product of this world
  2599. already in place, Melville's intuition of what the new urban system means on
  2600. the level of the human body and the human soul. His preference for staring at
  2601. blank walls--his �dead-wall reveries�--manifest the wall as an impedance of
  2602. flow, as protection from the crowd, its blankness a sign of individualization
  2603. without individuation. (195)
  2604. Bartleby is not literally a poet, of course. An amanuensis, he seems to anatomize
  2605. allegorically part of the function of writing. Imagination is removed from his domain just as
  2606. absolutely as memory is ever-present. Thus one must arrive at a hypothesis whereby Bartleby
  2607. Page 114
  2608. 108 108
  2609. is a figure in Melville's meditation on the powers of the poet and their emergence out of
  2610. solitude. Bartleby �seemed alone, absolutely alone in the universe. A bit of wreck in the mid
  2611. Atlantic� (32). Bartleby authentically, but only halfway, achieves the model of the poet
  2612. delineated by Bachelard. He reaches the level of indifference, but no inner theater of images
  2613. seems to arise and flower into poetry. And though he does not physically return to community
  2614. as the poet-thinker, he does influence the unnamed narrator-lawyer.
  2615. As much a solitary soul as Bartleby himself, the narrator remains nameless, a terrible
  2616. thing if one considers that Adam gave every creature its correct name, its definition. The The
  2617. attorney attends Trinity Church and supposedly is part of that community, but probably only
  2618. as an observer. The narrator explains his own lack of community with Bartleby by stating,
  2619. �What my own astonished eyes saw of Bartleby, that is all I know of him� (Melville�s
  2620. emphasis; 13). He never knows him. The narrator concedes that we are all �sons of Adam,�
  2621. though earlier he exclaims, �I shall persecute you no more; you are harmless and noiseless as
  2622. any of these old chairs� (37). Bartleby has become a thing inhuman and so, by extension, has
  2623. the narrator himself. Or so it seems. The last time he goes to visit Bartleby in the Tombs, he
  2624. describes his impression of the surroundings there:
  2625. The yard was entirely quiet. It was not accessible to the common prisoners.
  2626. The surrounding walls, of amazing thickness, kept off all sounds behind them.
  2627. The Egyptian character of the masonry weighed upon me with its gloom. But a
  2628. soft imprisoned turf grew under foot. The heart of the eternal pyramids, it
  2629. seemed, wherein, by some strange magic, through the clefts, grass-seed,
  2630. dropped by birds, had sprung. (44)
  2631. Cowan directs the reader's attention to �two images juxtaposed here, grass and wall [. . . .] the
  2632. inhuman, faceless altar to death--the pyramid--and the unassuming, unstoppable, seemingly
  2633. Page 115
  2634. 109 109
  2635. unorganized grass growing in the cracks� (197). The fact that the narrator registers both
  2636. opposed forces clearly, Cowan contends, testifies to �how far this attorney has come�: �The
  2637. grass-seed has seeded the mind of the narrator,� indicating that he has grasped an opposing
  2638. principle to the forces of urban depersonalization that loom so large in his time and place and
  2639. that have united to crush Bartleby. The opposing principle is life itself, and it remains
  2640. undaunted. Has the poetic image then flowered in the narrator's mind? Will the narrator-
  2641. lawyer move his own desk toward a window with a view, remove the screens secluding him
  2642. from his employees, make an attempt to establish community?
  2643. Everything in life is an illusion because of the confusion caused by the community.
  2644. Only the poet-thinker who can isolate himself from the community, as Bachelard asserts, and
  2645. who can return to the community as the poet-thinker is the one who succeeds in
  2646. comprehending reality. The premise that solitude brings one to a higher level may or may not
  2647. prove true even if all characters experience that solitude. The solitude and its result may be
  2648. real or imaginary--fancy--but the Bachelard model requires that the poet-thinker return to
  2649. community as an active member. The �walls� must be breached.
  2650. In his memoir The Invention of Solitude , Paul Auster comments on Van Gogh�s
  2651. painting The Bedroom :
  2652. The man in this painting [. . . .] has been alone too much, has struggled too
  2653. much in the depths of solitude. The world ends at that barricaded door. For For
  2654. the room is not a representation of solitude, it is the substance of solitude itself.
  2655. And it is a thing so heavy, so unbreatheable, that it cannot be shown in any
  2656. other terms than what it is. �And that is all--there is nothing in this room with
  2657. closed shutters.� (144)
  2658. Page 116
  2659. 110 110
  2660. The lawyer-narrator will employ another scrivener. Nevertheless, since Walter Ong has
  2661. declared the word as a reason for being and/or a means of being, there is hope for Bartleby�s
  2662. lawyer-narrator.
  2663. Pip, the Alabama Cabin Boy: Beyond �Edgeness
  2664. � "
  2665. Bartleby, as I have noted, is described as �absolutely alone [. . . . . a] bit of wreck in the
  2666. mid Atlantic� (Melville �Bartleby� 32). It is quite possible that a profound episode in
  2667. Melville's earlier fiction has been condensed into a single figure here. This episode is Pip�s
  2668. moment in Moby-Dick . Of course, one would have to allow for an effortless transfer from the
  2669. South China Sea to the Atlantic Ocean in order to identify the two passages securely; but both
  2670. clearly paint the same stark picture of an absolute solitude, the picture of a single head
  2671. bobbing in a boundless immensity of water. This is not what Freud meant by the �oceanic
  2672. feeling,� to be sure. Such moments, Storr explains, in which one feels �totally at one with
  2673. another person, or totally at one with the universe, are such deep experiences that, although
  2674. they may be transient, they cannot be dismissed as mere evasions or defenses against
  2675. unwelcome truths� (39). Freud is suspicious of such an enveloping euphoria. But Storr goes
  2676. on to indicate that the oceanic feeling has another side: people have attested to �intense
  2677. experiences of feeling that some kind of higher order of reality existed with which solitude put
  2678. them in touch� (60). He adds moreover that many of these people �had also become more
  2679. aware of horrors lurking under the surface�; and he draws the conclusion that �the human
  2680. spirit is not indestructible; but a courageous few discover that, when in hell, they are granted a
  2681. glimpse of heaven� (60-61). We never know what the dimensions of Bartleby's inner
  2682. Page 117
  2683. 111 111
  2684. experience are; but Pip is granted this plummet beneath the surface, along with views of
  2685. horrors and glimpses of heaven.
  2686. In Chapter 93, �The Castaway,� of Moby-Dick , the black cabin-boy said to be from
  2687. both Alabama and Connecticut, �Pippin by nick-name, Pip by abbreviation� (319)--his given
  2688. name unknown and unasked--falls from a boat while it is chasing a whale; he is later picked
  2689. up by the whaling ship, the Pequod, and as a result of this third fall, �the little negro went
  2690. about the deck an idiot; such, at least, they said he was. The sea had jeeringly kept his finite
  2691. body up, but drowned the infinite of his soul� (321). Pip's shipmates refer to him as an idiot
  2692. just as the law-copyists refer to Bartleby as �luny.� Yet Pip reaches the state of Turner�s
  2693. liminality. Turner clarifies:
  2694. What I call liminality, the state of being in between [. . . .] social milieus
  2695. dominated by social structural considerations, whether formal or unformalized,
  2696. is not precisely the same as communitas, for it is a sphere or domain of action
  2697. or thought rather than social modality. Indeed, liminality may imply solitude
  2698. rather than society, the voluntary or involuntary withdrawal of an individual
  2699. from a social-structural matrix. It may imply alienation from rather than more
  2700. authentic participation in social existence. (52)
  2701. Pip, involuntarily, leaves the �social structural considerations� of the ship as his new domain
  2702. of thought keeps him separate from almost everyone.
  2703. Melville links Pip to Ahab first by space, in the organization of the novel's structure,
  2704. by having Ishmael describe Pip at the end of his chapter �Knights and Squires,� immediately
  2705. before the chapter titled �Ahab.� Ishmael, as Melville's narrator, describes Pip not as mad but
  2706. as one of the �Anacharsis Clootz deputation [. . . .] accompanying Old Ahab in the Pequod to
  2707. lay the world's grievances before that bar from which not very many of them ever come
  2708. Page 118
  2709. 112 112
  2710. back.� He then adds, �Black Little Pip--he never did! Poor Alabama boy! On the grim
  2711. Pequod's forecastle, ye shall ere long see him, beating his tambourine; prelusive of the eternal
  2712. time, when sent for, to the great quarter-deck on high, he was bid strike in with angels, and
  2713. beat his tambourine in glory; called a coward here, hailed a hero there!� (Melville 107). An An
  2714. idiot? A coward? A hero? Ahab's �secret sharer,� as described by Joseph Conrad? How can
  2715. Pip be prelusive--introductory--to the eternal time? What happens to Pip as he experiences
  2716. the solitude of the vast sea changes him forever.
  2717. Through Ishmael's narration, Melville describes the events leading to this remarkable
  2718. change, first, as a series of opposites in Pip's chapter, �The Castaway,� which, paradoxically,
  2719. Pip both is and is not: �a most significant event befell the most insignificant of the Pequod�s
  2720. crew; an event most lamentable; and which ended in providing the sometimes madly merry
  2721. and predestinated craft with a living and ever accompanying prophecy of whatever shattered
  2722. sequel might prove her own� (319). Pip certainly does experience a �most significant event,�
  2723. but Pip's shipmates, with the exceptions of Ishmael and Ahab, view him as most insignificant
  2724. because he is merely a �ship-keeper�; he stays on board while others chase whales. But it is
  2725. Pip who experiences the significant event that enables him to perceive a truth alone. The The
  2726. sheer reversal of hierarchies implied in the scale of significance here points to the element of
  2727. �anti-structure� that Turner identifies as a feature of liminality, when social hierarchies are not
  2728. only left behind but are sometimes jarringly inverted. Ishmael explains that it is an event
  2729. �most lamentable� but later undermines the �lamentable� when he describes Pip's final
  2730. experience. Although Ishmael describes the Pequod itself as �madly merry� and
  2731. Page 119
  2732. 113 113
  2733. �predestined� to a �shattered sequel,� these very words apply also to Pip, who loses his sanity,
  2734. according to his observers, for idiots are described as �madly merry� and �predestined,� and
  2735. the chain of events in order does �shatter� the crew's perception of Pip. However, in Pip�s
  2736. terrifying moment of solitude, he experiences Turner's liminality and ultimately returns only
  2737. to Ahab's world as an emblem of Bachelard's poet-thinker.
  2738. Pip's playing his tambourine �so gloomy-jolly� continues his presentation as a series
  2739. of seemingly inexplicable opposites, consistent with the sentiment of nineteenth-century
  2740. perception, as �Pip, though over tender-hearted, was at bottom very bright, with that pleasant,
  2741. genial, jolly brightness peculiar to his tribe; a tribe, which ever enjoy all holidays and
  2742. festivities with finer, freer relish than any other race.� �At bottom very bright� could, of
  2743. course, indicate that any crew member might discern some intellectual thought in Pip, but in
  2744. actuality Pip descends mentally to the great ocean's bottom to experience his great insight.
  2745. Also, Pip is blinded by the gold-tone of the ocean. That �very bright� in another sense
  2746. reminds the reader of the one who is blinded by the brilliance of the sun (truth) as he or she
  2747. emerges from the shackles of Plato's cave. However, the play is on the word brilliant again.
  2748. Ishmael continues:
  2749. But Pip loved life, and all life's peaceable securities; so that the panic-striking
  2750. business in which he had somehow unaccountably become entrapped, had most
  2751. sadly blurred his brightness; though, as ere long will be seen, what was thus
  2752. temporarily subdued in him, in the end was destined to be luridly illumined by
  2753. strange wild fires, that fictitiously showed him off to ten times the natural
  2754. lustre with which in his native Tolland County in Connecticut, he had once
  2755. enlivened many a fiddler's frolic on the green; and at melodious even-tide,
  2756. with his gay ha-ha! had turned the round horizon into one star-belled
  2757. tambourine. (319-20)
  2758. Page 120
  2759. 114 114
  2760. Here, Pip will experience a new �round horizon� as he goes beyond edgeness to liminality and
  2761. perceives the mind of God.
  2762. As the Pequod is described, so is Pip. Both are predestined or, to use another category
  2763. with opposites, unlucky. Because Stubb's �afteroarsman chanced so to sprain his hand�
  2764. (320), Pip is put in the crew boat to hunt the whale. �The first time Stubb lowered with him,
  2765. Pip evinced much nervousness; but happily, for that time, escaped close contact with the
  2766. whale�; Stubb reminds Pip to �cherish his courageousness to the utmost, for he might often
  2767. find it needful.� The second time Pip is in the small boat pursuing the whale, the whale raps
  2768. the boat �right under poor Pip's seat [. . . . . which] caused him to leap, paddle in hand, out of the
  2769. boat.� Pip becomes entangled in the rope, is pulled overboard, and almost strangles or
  2770. drowns until Stubb gives Tashtego (his harpooner) the command to cut the rope. �'Damn
  2771. him, cut!' roared Stubb; and so the whale was lost and Pip was saved,� another presentation of
  2772. opposites.
  2773. Stubb �then in a plain, business-like, but still half humorous manner, cursed Pip
  2774. officially; and that done, unofficially gave him much wholesome advice.� �Never jump from
  2775. a boat,� Stubb advises; � Stick to the boat , is your true motto in whaling; but cases will
  2776. sometimes happen when Leap from the boat , is still better.� �Leaping� from the boat, from
  2777. the community--and we may call them community since all must trust each other to work
  2778. carefully and consistently together to succeed--may be advantageous, but Stubb, fearing that
  2779. �he would be leaving him too wide a margin to jump in for the future [. . . .] concluded with a
  2780. Page 121
  2781. 115 115
  2782. peremptory command, 'Stick to the boat, Pip, or by the Lord, I wont pick you up if you jump;
  2783. mind that'� (320-21).
  2784. Leaving that community of whale boats provides danger for both body and mind;
  2785. besides, Stubb reminds Pip, �A whale would sell for thirty times what you would, Pip, in
  2786. Alabama� (321). When Pip jumps from the boat, he leaps out of his community. (Stephen
  2787. Crane's correspondent in �The Open Boat� reminds his readers of the little community that
  2788. the survivors formed in the lifeboat on the rough, empty, turbulent, lonely sea, with waves so
  2789. high they could not discern the color of the sky.) Nevertheless, what occurs on the third
  2790. outing is that the whale is saved, Pip is saved, but Pip is lost ; that is, Pip is viewed as an idiot
  2791. by the narrator Ishmael and the rest of the crew. That Pip's descent into the lonesomeness of
  2792. the sea occurs on the third occasion is not remarkable. The number three has figured
  2793. prominently in Western culture, especially in its association with Christ's definitive liminal
  2794. passage, his descent into hell and his return to the living on the third day.
  2795. Now, Ishmael reminds readers that �we are all in the hands of the Gods� (321). That
  2796. idea of �predestined� from earlier in the chapter, juxtaposed with �Gods,� capitalized but in
  2797. the plural, forms another opposite. Ultimately, Pip will see God as He weaves the fate of
  2798. humankind. Now, �Pip jumped again. It was under very similar circumstances to the first
  2799. performance; but this time he did not breast out the line; and hence, when the whale started to
  2800. run, Pip was left behind on the sea, like a hurried traveler's trunk.� Since Stubb's back is
  2801. toward Pip, Stubb assumes one of the other boats will pick him up, but meanwhile the other
  2802. boats have changed direction to pursue another whale, and �in three minutes, a whole mile of
  2803. Page 122
  2804. 116 116
  2805. shoreless ocean was between Pip and Stubb.� Pip seemingly deliberately leaves the
  2806. community, in this respect like Hester, Bartleby, and, as will be seen, Chopin's Edna, to be
  2807. alone on this immense, empty, flat �gold-beater's skin� (the sea).
  2808. Pip turns �his crisp, curling, black head to the sun, another lonely castaway, though the
  2809. loftiest and the brightest� (321). Significantly and again paradoxically, the sun is identified as
  2810. a castaway along with Pip; and strictly speaking this is true, for the sun is not part of society.
  2811. Nature itself is a �castaway� from society, especially the Puritan-descended society that
  2812. Melville portrays all along in Moby-Dick . But a stunning reversal of hierarchies is implied in
  2813. this identification. The sun carries other �lofty� associations as well. Pip does turn �his crisp,
  2814. curling, black head� toward the sun just as Plato's escapee from the community in the cave of
  2815. untruths turns to the sun for the �Idea� truth.
  2816. Furthermore, he is not quite �lonely,� but very much alone. Lonely connotes longing
  2817. for community, and Pip, though so named by Ishmael, is not strictly a castaway. He jumps
  2818. from the ship; he is not forced out of the community by men's laws or nature or God but
  2819. seemingly chooses to make that leap: a leap of faith. �Now, in calm weather, to swim in the
  2820. open ocean is [. . . .] easy [. . . .]. But the awful lonesomeness is intolerable. The intense
  2821. concentration of self in the middle of such a heartless immensity, my God! who can tell it?
  2822. Mark, how when sailors in a dead calm bathe in the open sea--mark how closely they hug their
  2823. ship and only coast along her sides� (321). Pip experiences the definitive solitude--no one, no
  2824. shoreline, nothing within sight, only the brilliance of the sun--and this intense solitariness
  2825. provides the vehicle for truth that he can neither comprehend rationally himself nor share with
  2826. Page 123
  2827. 117 117
  2828. those who have not experienced the depth of his solitude, with the possible exceptions of
  2829. Ahab and Ishmael.
  2830. The dogma of predestination developed by John Calvin and envisioned by the Puritans
  2831. of New England still influenced thought into the middle of the nineteenth century and beyond,
  2832. though some of its more radical views had softened. Even the Transcendentalists and Ralph
  2833. Waldo Emerson, who urge others to view the world through an all-seeing eyeball, never quite
  2834. divested themselves of the idea of God knowing and, therefore, God ordering life and fate. In In
  2835. an earlier colonial time, Edward Taylor in his poem �Huswifery� (weaving) begs God to set
  2836. his loom and �Then weave the web Thyself,� as if Taylor commits to God total control of his
  2837. fate devoid of any free will.
  2838. In his solitude, Pip experiences a kind of predestination and insights unheard of
  2839. previously: �Pip's ringed horizon began to expand around him miserably. By the merest
  2840. chance the ship itself at last rescued him; but from that hour the little negro went about the
  2841. deck an idiot; such, at least, they said he was. The sea had jeeringly kept his finite body up,
  2842. but drowned the infinite of his soul. Not drowned entirely, though.� As the horizon expands,
  2843. so does Pip's mind. He, at first, experiences �edgeness.� And as Pip knows liminality, he is
  2844. caught on that threshold of knowing �the infinite of his soul�:
  2845. Rather carried down alive to wondrous depths, where strange shapes of the
  2846. unwarped primal world glided to and fro before his passive eyes; and the
  2847. miser-merman, Wisdom, revealed his hoarded heaps; and among the joyous,
  2848. heartless, ever-juvenile eternities, Pip saw the multitudinous, God-
  2849. omnipresent, coral insects, that out of the firmament of waters heaved the
  2850. colossal orbs. (321)
  2851. Page 124
  2852. 118 118
  2853. Pip clearly sees Plato's Ideas without having to reason, as he himself is not actively involved;
  2854. Pip learns wisdom, which seldom comes so easily, even if so perilously.
  2855. Melville himself was thoroughly familiar with the area of the Pacific known today as
  2856. Oceania. So it is possible to read �the colossal orbs� as the islands, islets, and atolls that
  2857. volcanoes heaved out of the very bottom of the sea. But the word orbs seems to invoke a
  2858. Genesis-like creation of the planets after the creation of earth: �And the earth was without
  2859. form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the deep� (Gen. 1: 2). To make the agents
  2860. of creation �coral insects� renders the biblical creation strange and foreign but without
  2861. decreasing its tone of wonder in the slightest. Pip's imaginary worldscape is not devoid of
  2862. God; He is merely a little removed. �He saw God's foot upon the treadle of the loom, and
  2863. spoke it [hailed it]; and therefore his shipmates called him mad. So man's insanity is
  2864. heaven's sense; and wandering from all mortal reason, man comes at last to that celestial
  2865. thought, which, to reason, is absurd and frantic; and weal or woe, feels then uncompromised,
  2866. indifferent as his God� (321-22). This passage is key to the understanding of indifference as it
  2867. is related to the experience of solitude. It is beyond reason; it is beyond judgment. It comes
  2868. from having had a glimpse into the foundations of the world. It cannot be expressed directly,
  2869. since it results from something beyond the realm of human discourse and ordinary human
  2870. experience. Indifference may be an �oceanic� feeling of oneness, but if so it seems also to be
  2871. beyond good and evil, beyond the opposition of life and death, beyond any binary systems.
  2872. Pip's world expands beyond his tambourine, beyond his community, beyond himself.
  2873. In that vastness his soul descends into the sea as well as into itself. There he sees the wonders
  2874. Page 125
  2875. 119 119
  2876. of the universe pass before him as he looks from a spot aloof, indifferent. �Joyous� is
  2877. contrasted with �heartless�; �ever-juvenile� reminds readers of childlike Pip, who seemingly
  2878. with his exuberant life remains childlike forever, and as a child, he sees God-omnipresent,
  2879. present in all that passes before the eyes of his soul as it descends to depths unknown.
  2880. However, the most significant insight for the Calvinist is viewing God directing the fate of
  2881. humankind, even the insignificant Pip. Pip sees his destiny and acknowledges it. He makes
  2882. sense of heaven; he is freed from the cave, from the shipmates in community, but those still
  2883. chained to unreality cannot see.
  2884. At first, Pip returns free from community and even free from God. Like Hester
  2885. Prynne, Pip ascends--by descending--beyond the rest. Pip views Bachelard's reality, the
  2886. reality that is unseen; that is, he sees the unreal that is beyond everyone else's sight. Although
  2887. he is rescued and safely returns to the ship, Pip is not in the same community any more but in
  2888. a different one. Ishmael knows him, and Pip becomes a sharer to Ahab; only then does Pip
  2889. become Bachelard's poet-thinker. It would have made a difference if Stubb and the rest had
  2890. left him there to drown; had he not returned to community on some level, he could not be the
  2891. poet-thinker. Pip himself realizes that none of it is important, not the ship, not the whale, not
  2892. the community, not even God himself. Pip and �man,� as Melville writes, �feel then
  2893. uncompromised, indifferent as his God� (322), which undermines the Calvinistic notion of
  2894. predestination. Pip's insanity is heaven's sense as he sees the unlogic of God; the entire world
  2895. becomes his star-filled, but indifferent, tambourine.
  2896. Page 126
  2897. 120 120
  2898. Melville's Solitary Men: Not So Solitary after All
  2899. Modern campus life reminds me of the difficulty of finding solitude. Students with
  2900. gargantuan book sacks strapped to their bent backs, like the prideful punished in Dante�s
  2901. Purgatorio , walk with eyes down, averted, and cell phones seemingly growing on their ears,
  2902. unable to hear silence or enter the door into solitude. The �luny� amanuensis Bartleby�s
  2903. choice of the grave--the ultimate solitude--most certainly influences his employer-lawyer-
  2904. narrator as the latter speculates about the �Egyptian� walls of the Tombs and the turf beneath
  2905. his feet, where �by some strange magic through the clefts, grass-seed, dropped by birds, had
  2906. sprung� and grown (Melville �Bartleby� 32). The �strange magic� that allows the seed to
  2907. struggle and grow must be the work of the poet-thinker, in this case the lawyer-narrator, who
  2908. must begin the work of examining his own selfhood in relation to the community of his
  2909. employees. The lawyer's perception of Bartleby changes even as that employer continues to
  2910. see him as �forlorn,� in need of pity, because he cannot turn himself away in total denial.
  2911. When he finds Bartleby in the Tombs, he gives a keeper money for Bartleby's food, but he is
  2912. too late. Even then he never will accept Bartleby as he is; since he is so different, he is
  2913. threatening. Nor will the lawyer presume to reach Bartleby's soul. Change in the narrator is
  2914. not easy to pin down, but the very existence of his narrative at all is testimony that his system
  2915. of values has permanently changed from those of Wall Street, the point at which he began his
  2916. interaction with Bartleby. As he declares at the very beginning, �I waive the biographies of all
  2917. other scriveners for a few passages in the life of Bartleby� (13), a recognition of Bartleby�s
  2918. singularity.
  2919. Page 127
  2920. 121 121
  2921. Todd F. Davis criticizes interpretations that �too often present themselves as moralistic
  2922. judgments either for or against Bartleby and the narrator � (183). �The very act of writing this
  2923. narrative is an indication that the lawyer still deals with chronometrical guilt in horological
  2924. time� (191), the terms chronometrical and horological taken from Melville's Pierre , where
  2925. they stand, respectively, for an absolute and a socially accepted standard of truth and morality.
  2926. Davis argues that there is still a change in the narrator, for he �can never go back to his old
  2927. way of life.� We can take such a charge even further to see Bartleby as a manifestation of
  2928. Bachelard's poet who may inspire the narrator-lawyer to become the poet-thinker in
  2929. community as he contemplates and is changed by Bartleby's indifference to the Wall Street
  2930. standard of human behavior. Lawyer as poet? His narrative is the only flowering into words
  2931. that the strange history of Bartleby has.
  2932. In considering the place of the lawyer-narrator, we would do well to remember
  2933. Brodkey's ideas about writing. Her �scene of writing� criticizes the writer-writing-alone
  2934. image as cut off from contact with any community: �The scene is a sort of timeless tableau in
  2935. which 'the writer is an Author and the writing is Literature'; the reader is excluded as an
  2936. element of that 'social life' which 'must not be allowed to enter the garret'� (Roorda 145).
  2937. Brodkey expands the scene(s) of writing:
  2938. Notice that the image privileges only one event in writing, the moment when
  2939. the writer is an amanuensis, making transcription a synecdoche of writing. In In
  2940. such a freeze frame, the writer is a writing machine, as effectively cut off from
  2941. writing as from society. [. [. . . .] One implication is that writing costs writers their
  2942. lives. Likely to terrify writers and would-be writers alike, it is a picture,
  2943. sometimes the only picture, we conjure when we seek the solitude necessary
  2944. for writing. In its extreme versions, writers are condemned to write without
  2945. understanding either why they do so or for whom. (397)
  2946. Page 128
  2947. 122 122
  2948. Brodkey probably has twentieth-century authors in mind while painting this romantic
  2949. stereotype; but the machine, the loss of life, the solitude, the lack of understanding all evoke
  2950. Bartleby. Roorda in Dramas of Solitude interprets Brodkey's assertion that writing is
  2951. transcription, a mechanical function, showing �that the writer is a prisoner and the scene of
  2952. writing a cell; that solitude is largely alienation and victimage; and that writing is separate
  2953. from and threatening to life� (146). (So he evokes the Tombs, too.) He also claims that
  2954. Brodkey argues for the writer as a solitary victim or a social being and so proposes that nature
  2955. writing offers a viable alternative. Brodkey with her vision of communal activist writing and
  2956. Roorda with his ecocritical canon of nature writing can both be seen as attempts to avert the
  2957. fate of Bartleby without truly facing it. This study of Melville's men is not an either/or case,
  2958. as Brodkey and Roorda make it. Instead, for Bartleby in death and through his absorption into
  2959. the life of the narrator-lawyer, Bartleby breaks free from the mechanical transcription of
  2960. words as he �prefers not to.� The narrator-lawyer, much more open to change than
  2961. Hawthorne's narrator in The Scarlet Letter , shows the subtle effects of his attempts to
  2962. understand his employee. Where he seemed at the beginning to impose his own standards and
  2963. preconceptions on others, he is shaken out of his preconceptions by the end.
  2964. In Moby-Dick Pip is the intersection point of the concern with the social structure of
  2965. the community, encapsulated in the Puritan view, and the view of the person engaged in the
  2966. solitary life. Pip's view of �God's foot upon the treadle of the loom� is a recurring image of
  2967. Calvinism and especially of the doctrine of predestination. Nevertheless, Emerson and the
  2968. other Transcendentalists softened this austere belief in the election, reflected in Moby-Dick
  2969. Page 129
  2970. 123 123
  2971. when Ahab questions, �Is Ahab, Ahab? It is I, God, or who, that lifts this arm?� (406). In In
  2972. Chapter 47, �The Mat-Maker,� Queequeg and Ishmael weave a sword-mat (a ship's lashing).
  2973. Ishmael recounts:
  2974. As I kept passing and repassing the filling or woof of marline [thin, small,
  2975. twisted rope] between the long yarns of the warp, using my own hand for the
  2976. shuttle [. . . .] it seemed as if this were the Loom of Time, and I myself were a
  2977. shuttle mechanically weaving and weaving away at the Fates. There lay the
  2978. fixed threads of the warp [. . . .] and here, thought I, with my own hand I ply my
  2979. own shuttle and weave my own destiny into these unalterable threads.
  2980. Meantime, Queequeg's impulsive, indifferent sword [. . . .] finally shapes and
  2981. fashions both warp and woof; this easy, indifferent sword must be chance--aye,
  2982. chance, free will, and necessity--no wise incompatible--all interweavingly
  2983. working together. (179)
  2984. It is not until much later in the novel that Ishmael recounts Pip's vision of God in control; here
  2985. he suggests that free will exists between the given threads, even though chance has the �last
  2986. featuring blow at events.� It is not at all surprising that Melville's narrator Ishmael should
  2987. vacillate between the Puritan ideas of predetermined fate and the Transcendentalist argument
  2988. for an uncaring God who allows men to find Him within as each man practices self-reliance
  2989. while living close to nature; throughout the novel Ishmael is shown to have an expansive mind
  2990. that holds contradictions in tension.
  2991. In Chapter 102, �A Bower in the Arsacides,� Ishmael leaves his descriptions of the
  2992. inner �subterranean� parts of the whale to describe a visit to an island glen:
  2993. It was a wondrous sight. [. [. . . . . T]he industrious earth beneath [the trees] was as
  2994. a weaver's loom [. . . .] the ground-vine tendrils formed the warp and woof [. . . .] .]
  2995. the great sun seemed a flying shuttle weaving the unwearied verdure. [. [. . . .] .]
  2996. Speak, weaver!--stay thy hand!--but one single word with thee! Nay--the
  2997. shuttle flies [. . . .]. The weaver-god, he weaves; and by that weaving is he
  2998. deafened, that he hears no mortal voice; and by that humming, we, too, who
  2999. Page 130
  3000. 124 124
  3001. look on the loom are deafened; and only when we escape it shall we hear the
  3002. thousand voices that speak through it. (345)
  3003. In all three incidents, Melville's Ishmael clearly questions the vicissitudes of life and the role
  3004. of fate. Unfortunately, David Morse, in his two-volume study American Romanticism , the
  3005. second volume of which he subtitles The Enduring Excessive , would disagree. According to
  3006. Morse, everything about Melville is �excessive,� as are �human attempts at explanation and
  3007. analysis� (65). But the wondering and describing and questioning and thinking are what make
  3008. this novel one of multiple layers; it is not overdone. Strangely, Morse argues, �By purporting
  3009. to play God himself and by weaving only to unweave, the novelist does not merely fly in the
  3010. face of our assured sense of the intransigence of the world through the banality of his
  3011. optimism: he creates an illusion of transparency that is as mystifying as it is false� (65). What
  3012. Morse terms �mystifying�is what makes Melville �enduring,� that is, in part at least, his
  3013. complex vision of the world and his description of the effects of solitude in the novel. And
  3014. this is neither an �optimism� that would more suitably apply to Emerson than to one of
  3015. Emerson's chiefest critics, nor a �transparency� that even the poorest classroom readers have
  3016. the good sense not to accuse him of. Melville approaches the question of the motivation of
  3017. the world with a rare openness and a figurative imagination that leads readers to achieve,
  3018. momentarily at least, a sense of wonder toward a grand mystery, merely to think about which
  3019. enlarges them.
  3020. Mad Pip's epiphany allows Ahab to experience his very own sense of humanity before
  3021. his death, even though Ahab's last words include the prescient apostrophe to the white whale,
  3022. �For hate's sake I spit my last breath at thee� (426). Nevertheless, Pip's return is to a
  3023. Page 131
  3024. 125 125
  3025. community of three: Pip himself; Ahab, who adopts him, confiding about the carpenter-
  3026. undertaker's role, �Now, then, Pip, we'll talk this over; I do suck most wondrous philosophies
  3027. from thee!� (396); and Starbuck, the chief mate, who wonders, �So, to my fond faith, poor
  3028. Pip, in this strange sweetness of his lunacy, brings heavenly vouchers of all our heavenly
  3029. homes. Where learned he that, but there?� (366). Starbuck joins Pip's community, although
  3030. unknown to each of them, as Starbuck ponders, �Oh! my God! What is this that shoots
  3031. through me, and leaves me so deadly calm, yet expectant,--fixed at the top of a shudder!
  3032. Future things swim before me, as in empty outlines and skeletons; all the past is somehow
  3033. grown dim. [. [. . . .] Strangest problems of life seem clearing; but clouds sweep between� (422).
  3034. Pip's descent into indifference does, indeed, alter Ahab, Ishmael, and even Starbuck.
  3035. Morse continues his evaluation of excessiveness as he names Herman Melville the
  3036. most �defiantly and persistently excessive,� an author who imposes upon the reader, �trying
  3037. his patience, his credulity and his tolerance to the very limit,� insisting �on the truthfulness of
  3038. his most shameless and whimsical fabrications.� What ties imagination to veracity, it seems,
  3039. is the �genuinely deceptive and provocative� narrator who transforms the reader into a
  3040. �puzzled voyeur� (11):
  3041. Moby-Dick is a vertiginous experience for the reader, full of abrupt and
  3042. unexpected transitions. It takes Ishmael directly from a comical and
  3043. unforeseen night in bed with the pagan Queequeg into the audience of the
  3044. earnest and eloquent Father Mapple. [. [. . . . . Starting] from essential plausibility
  3045. of the events [. . . . . he] deliberately incorporates episodes that undermine the
  3046. book's credibility [. . . .] keeps the reader dangling interminably [. . . .] offers
  3047. interpretative clues that are intentionally misleading [. . . . . and] brandishes
  3048. symbolic and allegorical meanings on every side yet [. . . .] read on the most
  3049. pedantic and literal level. (38) (38)
  3050. Page 132
  3051. 126 126
  3052. Later, Morse disagrees with the criticism of Melville's contemporaries:
  3053. By presenting man's encounter with God and the opacity of the universe in the
  3054. guise of a whaling-voyage he could show that this confrontation was one of the
  3055. utmost strenuousness, tension, frustration and danger and could in no wise be
  3056. dismissed as airy wool-gathering or frothy romance. What Moby-Dick
  3057. proclaims in every line is not only the reality of the real but the reality of
  3058. thought as it is brought up against and endeavours to structure that real. Yet
  3059. even here there are paradoxes. (42) (42)
  3060. Morse continues his criticism of Melville's lack of expertise in whaling on one hand and the
  3061. problem of the Ishmael-Melville persona on the other. For Morse, Ishmael is the �shifter
  3062. between the thoughts and feelings of ordinary men and the excessive ambitions of Ahab� (45).
  3063. �As Melville sees it, God's omnipotence makes a mockery of all claims that the universe is
  3064. just, since we are bound to find it just and crushed if we question that it is so� (47).
  3065. Ishmael raises questions that remain unanswered as he retells Father Mapple's sermon
  3066. about Jonah. Morse continues, �The menace that hovers so threateningly over Moby-Dick is
  3067. of a world without difference. The question it provokes is whether in the face of it man can
  3068. remain in different. For a universe that lacks specificity, individuation and particularity or
  3069. response would seem to be one that possesses no meaning� (Morse's emphasis; 51). He I
  3070. maintains, �For Melville implies that all aspects of the Spinozan universe, God, man and
  3071. nature, are equally to be characterized by indifference. Indifference and lack of difference are
  3072. one and the same thing� (53). And therein lies our greatest disagreement. The indifference
  3073. whose outline I have attempted to trace in this study does not rest in an aha! moment in
  3074. which, behind the illusion, the charade is seen for the meaningless thing it supposedly is. It is It is
  3075. not a philosophical insight statable in the form of a proposition. Rather it is an inner
  3076. Page 133
  3077. 127 127
  3078. orientation that never forgets, no matter what urgent matters present themselves in the
  3079. immediate moment, what revelations were granted to one in the depths of one's solitude.
  3080. And as for Ishmael, he survives as does his biblical namesake, as the detached
  3081. narrator, as a poet-thinker himself. The entire crew �lay the world's grievances before that
  3082. bar� (107). But Ishmael can say, like Job's messenger, �And I only am escaped alone to tell
  3083. thee� (427). Ishmael comes full circle from the �pond� to the edge of the sea, to the lulling of
  3084. the sea that almost betrays him while he is at the helm at night, to the try-pots conjuring
  3085. Plato's images of the Ideas, to the sea that, after swallowing the Pequod and forming a
  3086. �closing vortex,� had �subsided to a creamy pool,� from which he is saved.
  3087. The crew of the Pequod, observes Ishmael, were �nearly all Islanders [. . . .] Isolatoes
  3088. too, I call such, not acknowledging the common continent of men, but each Isolato living on a
  3089. separate continent of his own� (Melville's emphases; 107). More than those crewmen studied
  3090. thus far have a profound relation with solitude. Perhaps the premier person in this category is
  3091. Captain Ahab himself, of whom Ishmael comments, �Ah, God! what trances of torments does
  3092. that man endure who is consumed with one unachieved revengeful desire. He sleeps with
  3093. clenched hands; and wakes with his own bloody nails in his palms� (169). He is �self-
  3094. crucified,� as Hershel Parker's note to this line asserts. In a chapter of Clough's Necessary
  3095. Earth titled �The Cost of Solitude,� Ahab is identified with something deep in the American
  3096. settler spirit: �For all his brooding intensity [. . . . . Ahab is] wholly native, a hunter, an explorer,
  3097. a wanderer, a doer, an individualist, a capitalist, a seeker [. . . .]. His spirit is that which crosses
  3098. continents, dares unknown horizons, savages, and wild beasts, challenges what lies beyond the
  3099. Page 134
  3100. 128 128
  3101. most distant sky. He is, in short, a master of self-reliance and the resolute will� (128). But far
  3102. from the sunny optimism of Emerson's self-reliance, Melville intuits the self-torture to which
  3103. a consistent devotion to self-reliance leads. Ahab is �Man tortured by a too-near gaze into the
  3104. solitary experience� (130). �With a reliance on self so deep as to be obsessive, with a desire
  3105. to know with an immediacy that is almost insanity,� Melville's men tend toward death, unless
  3106. they achieve some sort of conversion away from this single-mindedness.
  3107. It is the indifference that leads all of them to their conclusions, and this indifference is
  3108. what occurs in solitude, not as result of it. To see reality, each of Melville's characters learns
  3109. of himself. For Hawthorne's Hester Prynne, for Melville's solitary men, and next for
  3110. Chopin's Edna, thinking of what is done brings consequences. But whatever these characters
  3111. perceive their situation to be, even in imaginings, influences their outcomes. They all
  3112. experience a kind of Camusian detachment. The perception of the poet's indifference in
  3113. solitude leads her/him to be the community's poet-thinker.
  3114. In Paris Spleen , Baudelaire names a one-page chapter �Solitude� and therein quotes
  3115. La Bruyere as saying, �somewhere, 'That great misfortune of not being able to be alone!' as as
  3116. though to shame those who have to go into crowds to forget themselves, doubtless fearing that
  3117. they could not endure themselves alone� (46-47). Neither of these alternatives is Edna
  3118. Pontellier's problem in The Awakening .
  3119. Page 135
  3120. 129 129
  3121. Chapter 5
  3122. The Awakening : A Parrot, a Mockingbird, and a �Bird
  3123. with a Broken Wing�
  3124. Imagination is more important than knowledge.
  3125. --Albert Einstein
  3126. In The Invention of Solitude Paul Auster writes of connections that are �commonplace
  3127. in literary works [. . . .] but one tends not to see them in the world--for the world is too big and
  3128. one's life is too small. It is only at those rare moments when one happens to glimpse a rhyme
  3129. in the world that the mind can leap out of itself and serve as a bridge for things across time
  3130. and space, across seeing and memory� (162). The idea of the mind's leap out of itself is
  3131. another way of denoting what has been the subject of this study: the transcendent or
  3132. unnameable experience of insight through a radical encounter with solitude. American
  3133. literature has sometimes depicted this leap with striking literalism, as Pip's example has
  3134. shown. shown. Auster continues eclectically: �Coincidence: to fall on with; to occupy the same place
  3135. in time or space. The mind, therefore, as that which contains more than itself. As in the
  3136. phrase from Augustine: 'But where is the part of it which it does not itself contain?'� (163).
  3137. Saint Augustine drew attention to the otherness of the mind to itself in order to emphasize the
  3138. presence of God; in literature, however, the mysteriousness of the mind is a topic of wonder
  3139. that is not necessarily religious. That the mind contains within itself the capacity to be more
  3140. than itself is perhaps the first premise underlying all the discourses of the sublime, from
  3141. Page 136
  3142. 130 130
  3143. Longinus to the comparatively new developments in American literature. Hester Prynne and
  3144. cabin-boy Pip prepare the way for a fuller consideration of Edna Pontellier's leap in The
  3145. Awakening , the work Kate Chopin first named A Solitary Soul .
  3146. In Studies in Classic American Literature , DH Lawrence writes of Melville's great
  3147. white whale: �[H]e is hunted, hunted by the maniacal fanaticism of our white mental
  3148. consciousness. We want to hunt him down. To subject him to our will� (169). Lawrence�s
  3149. notorious overstatement, his projection of Ahab's will onto Melville's readers, is based on the
  3150. presupposition that an act of mind, even an act of knowing, can wreak havoc on its object by
  3151. robbing it of its uniqueness and reducing it to another instance of a known category. Herman
  3152. Melville's Bartleby, defined by Walter Ong as a homoioteleuton , an end in himself, is so
  3153. hunted. And so men and women seek to �hunt� others like Hester Prynne and Bartleby and
  3154. Pip to subject them to their wills. In some cases, certainly in Hester's, these dramas of
  3155. persecution can be seen as a more literal hunt and subjection, a social victimization. In all the
  3156. instances we have been examining, however, there is a dimension of meaning in which the
  3157. persecuted person is a figure for the mind itself. When seen from the Augustinian view that
  3158. Auster invokes, the mind is an entity in its own right. Whereas Augustine would emphasize
  3159. its createdness, a modern view would stress that the mind possesses its own life and its own
  3160. needs, among them a need for freedom and a need to encounter reality. Resisting a kind of
  3161. subjugation that resembles Hester's, Pip's, and Bartleby's is Kate Chopin's Edna, who
  3162. encounters her own liminality and the abysses of solitude to reach indifference. In the terms
  3163. developed in this study, she also becomes an emblem of Bachelard's poet-thinker.
  3164. Page 137
  3165. 131 131
  3166. Politics? Local Color? Sex? All/Some/None of the Above?
  3167. Not quite so long ago I sat in a graduate seminar class on nineteenth-century American
  3168. fiction and was stunned when the professor said that surely Kate Chopin's novel The
  3169. Awakening is not about sex but about politics. I wondered how. Almost every article or
  3170. reference to Chopin's book usually emphasized the sexual, though I thought that the novel
  3171. was about so much more, but asserting that �politics� is the definitive primary topic surprised
  3172. me. My look of disbelief in class prompted the professor to ask me what then it was about.
  3173. Unfortunately, I responded with the cliche that Edna �needed to find herself.� A long-drawn-
  3174. out sigh from the professor, coupled with some eye-rolling from two men across the seminar
  3175. table, made me yearn for poker-faced seclusion as I amended my hasty answer to �about a
  3176. woman trying to discover who she is as a person.� I doubted that I had redeemed myself.
  3177. Now, I am not surprised at so many different analyses of this novel, including
  3178. deconstructionist, Marxist, feminist, psychological, and postmodernist theories that often
  3179. interpret words that interpret the words that, indeed, make up the novel. A formalist reminds
  3180. the reader of Chopin's admiration for Guy de Maupassant's short stories as she uses
  3181. situational irony in her surprise endings, claiming Edna Pontellier's death is modeled on
  3182. Maupassant's surprises. For others, the novel's ending is simply the next step in the
  3183. continuum of life. A Marxist will assert that her actions are all economically motivated. A A
  3184. psychoanalyst will insist on looking at Edna's seemingly split personality, a sense of
  3185. doubleness, a splitting apart, a dichotomy of inner and outer self, which is an oft-repeated
  3186. theme: �At a very early period she had apprehended instinctively the dual life--that outward
  3187. Page 138
  3188. 132 132
  3189. existence which conforms, the inward life which questions� (Chopin Awakening 893). Other Other
  3190. approaches focus on a close reading with its historical setting in mind while analyzing its local
  3191. color, for example, Chopin's description of life in late nineteenth-century New Orleans and
  3192. the beaches and the sea at Grand Isle.
  3193. I drove to present-day Grand Isle, Louisiana, on a hot, humid, blazing-sun kind of day
  3194. in an attempt to imagine how a vacation in a hotel there must have been in Chopin's time. I I
  3195. felt the extreme isolation of the community perched on so small a space hemmed in by bays
  3196. and the Gulf on all sides. Even the black-topped narrow road leading to the island is only
  3197. inches above the surrounding waters. It is not a beautiful place, having been flooded and
  3198. buffeted by hurricanes for centuries and subject to some of the worst coastal erosion in
  3199. America. It can easily be labeled lonely; so much water and sky make the ground and the
  3200. people and houses upon it seem small, buried, inconsequential. But parts of the tiny island,
  3201. even today, certainly can be described as lovely. Streets and two-hundred-year-old
  3202. architecture there, like the even older preserved architecture in New Orleans, Chopin's other
  3203. setting, are just the same today as in Chopin's time.
  3204. Indeed, this novel's emphasis can be argued to be politics or, more specifically,
  3205. cultural displacement: the Catholic Cajun, apparently open, effervescent, tradition-driven
  3206. southern culture as opposed to the somewhat closed, tightly-knit, cold Protestant northern or
  3207. midwestern community. Even southern flirtation is political and must be learned, as is
  3208. indicated when Madame Ratignolle speaks �what she believed to be the law and the gospel�
  3209. (900). As she asserts, warning Lebrun that Edna is unaware of southern gentlemen's flirting:
  3210. Page 139
  3211. 133 133
  3212. She [Edna] is not one of us [southern Creoles]; she is not like us. She might
  3213. make the unfortunate blunder of taking you seriously. [. [. . . .] If your attentions to
  3214. any married women here were ever offered with any intention of being
  3215. convincing, you would not be the gentleman we all know you to be, and you
  3216. would be unfit to associate with the wives and daughters of the people who
  3217. trust you.
  3218. Emphasizing the politics of the Creole/Cajun South at the turn of the nineteenth century as a
  3219. major theme in asserting that Chopin's protagonist �resists authority in her quest for
  3220. freedom,� as the back cover of the Bantam edition puts it, does open interpretive possibilities.
  3221. For some critics, Kate Chopin belongs with the regionalists like New Englander local colorist
  3222. Sarah Orne Jewett. And there is something to be said for this line of association, for Jewett�s
  3223. most famous short story also examines solitude and personality and then comments explicitly
  3224. on the consequences of solitude.
  3225. Watching the Heron, �the Sea and the Morning Together�
  3226. Sylvia, the child-woman in Jewett's �A White Heron,� has solitude imposed upon her
  3227. by her family as she is moved from a crowded manufacturing town to a farm. Her
  3228. grandmother, Mrs. Tilley, likens Sylvia to a �wretched dry geranium.� Although Sylvia has a
  3229. naive crush on an ornithologist who seems to promise a connection to the world beyond her,
  3230. she refuses to disclose the location of the nest of the elusive white heron that he seeks. In her
  3231. own solitude, the bird becomes for her the manifestation of aloneness, for her own need of
  3232. protection, and for her own worthy beauty. In solitude, she observes the heron, intuitively
  3233. comes to recognize the beginning of selfhood, and, as a consequence, gains a nebulous
  3234. understanding of the solitary nature of beauty. Although Sylvia's solitude, significantly, is
  3235. forced upon her, that experience contributes also to a quiet strength of the kind exhibited by
  3236. Page 140
  3237. 134 134
  3238. Hawthorne's Hester Prynne and Melville's Bartleby and Pip. Sylvia does not go mad when
  3239. she faces the displeasure of the admired ornithologist and her own grandmother; instead for a
  3240. short while she goes �dumb�; she cannot speak the bird's whereabouts, nor will she speak of
  3241. her own awakening. Jewett, herself, enters the story as an outside observer, emphasizing her
  3242. belief in Sylvia and in her finding selfhood:
  3243. No, she must keep silence! What is it that suddenly forbids her and makes her
  3244. dumb? Has she been nine years growing, and now, when the great world for
  3245. the first time puts out a hand to her, must she thrust it aside for a bird's sake?
  3246. The murmur of the pine's green branches in her ears, she remembers how the
  3247. white heron came flying through the golden air and how they watched the sea
  3248. and the morning together, and Sylvia cannot speak; she cannot tell the heron�s
  3249. secret and give its life away. (789)
  3250. Nor can she give her self away. Jewett has created a situation in which to succeed in the
  3251. world's eyes would be to be untrue to the vision of beauty and the soul that Sylvia has just
  3252. learned to guard in solitude. Conversely, failing and falling below social regard is the path
  3253. she has to take to be true to that unnameable principle of the soul's beauty. �Dumb,� she
  3254. seems not to choose her silence, not to be master of it, but to submit to it; at the same time,
  3255. though, this involuntary submission seems to be testimony that she is one with this fidelity. It It
  3256. is not merely her conscious self but her whole being that responds to this crisis.
  3257. Chopin's Edna likewise cannot give her self away. And like Jewett in the passage just
  3258. quoted, at crucial moments Chopin will enter the text with her own personal observations.
  3259. A Sensuous Sea, �Enfolding the Body in Its Soft, Close Embrace�
  3260. I am not startled any more by evaluations of The Awakening that exploit explicit
  3261. depictions of a southern woman's sexual awakening, urging readers to note carefully all the
  3262. Page 141
  3263. 135 135
  3264. references to an unsatisfying (or later fulfilling) sexual relationship found by a woman
  3265. approaching thirty who cannot escape her biological clock. So many images and most
  3266. certainly Edna's dreams clearly indicate sexual symbolism. A few claim that this entire
  3267. novel's theme is that of a woman experiencing a sexual awakening, finally leading to orgasms
  3268. and �satisfaction,� and that assumption is true, somewhat. Clearly, Edna Pontellier is
  3269. portrayed as a woman who does not miss her husband in bed when he is away from her;
  3270. certainly, she has disallowed her infatuation for Robert Lebrun, who encourages her to swim,
  3271. who entertains her while strolling on the beach and exploring another island, and who dotes
  3272. on her every word. At first, Edna thinks that she is in love with Robert, but no depth of
  3273. feeling, no commonality exists for either one of them. �You have been a very, very foolish
  3274. boy, wasting your time dreaming of impossible things. [. [. . . .] I am no longer one of Mr.
  3275. Pontellier's possessions to dispose of or not. I give myself where I choose� (992). When he
  3276. cannot and will not accept the relationship that Edna wishes, Robert runs away from her.
  3277. (Whether or not Robert is a gay character, a question some readers have raised, does not affect
  3278. Edna's relationship to him.) Certainly, she experiences new, strong sexual feelings when
  3279. Alcee Arobin kisses her but not on the hand this time: �There was a dull pang of regret
  3280. because it was not the kiss of love which had inflamed her, because it was not love which had
  3281. held this cup of life to her lips� (967). When Edna continues to find sexual satisfaction with
  3282. the experienced womanizer Arobin, that new-found experience is not enough for her, for she
  3283. recognizes it as lust, not love and not lasting. �To-day it is Arobin; to-morrow it will be some
  3284. one else. It makes no difference to me� (999).
  3285. Page 142
  3286. 136 136
  3287. Indeed, this novel does abound in dreams and longings for a phantom man, along with
  3288. sexual images, for example, of Edna's crying in bed while her husband smokes cigars on the
  3289. porch outside, of her husband's rolling his walking stick between his hands between his legs
  3290. as he complains to the Doctor about Edna's whims and their inadequate sexual life: �She's got
  3291. some sort of notion in her head concerning the eternal rights of women; and--you understand--
  3292. we meet in the morning at the breakfast table� (948). Even the first glimpse her husband has
  3293. of her is described in sexual imagery. �He could see it [the white sunshade] plainly between
  3294. the gaunt trunks [legs] of the water-oaks [. . . .]. The sunshade [his wife] continued to approach
  3295. slowly. Beneath its pink-lined shelter were his wife [. . . .] and young Robert Lebrun� (882).
  3296. But seeing her as such makes her even more solitary--an appendage, a sexual object, as he
  3297. �look[s] at his wife as one looks at a valuable piece of personal property which has suffered
  3298. some damage� (referring to her sunburn).
  3299. Chopin uses the term infatuation over and over to refer to what Edna is experiencing.
  3300. If the entire novel is devoted to the sexual awakening that Edna achieves through such
  3301. infatuation, why then does she commit suicide? She certainly does not do so because of her
  3302. infatuation with young Robert or her satisfying physical liaison with Arobin. Edna Pontellier
  3303. has a faithful husband, women and male friends outside of her husband's circle, a craft that
  3304. merits some success, an avowed love of music that stirs her emotions, and satisfaction in
  3305. planting outdoors. She enjoys obedient, bright, loving children; good health; physical
  3306. attractiveness. She has knowledge about horses and horse racing, has successfully managed a
  3307. household of servants, and finally, experiences passionate, sexual satisfaction. But The
  3308. Page 143
  3309. 137 137
  3310. Awakening is much more than politics or local color or sex or the restructuring of a person.
  3311. To reveal Chopin's philosophy and the definitive theme of this novel exploring solitude, we
  3312. need first to examine an essay and a short story of Chopin's that open up avenues of her
  3313. thought.
  3314. A Preface to Edna Pontellier's Fall(ing) out of Rank
  3315. In her short essay �A Reflection,� Chopin proposes that �some people are born with a
  3316. vital and responsive energy� to �keep abreast of the times� and �to furnish [. . . . . their own]
  3317. motive power to the mad pace.� In a series of oxymorons, Chopin juxtaposes how fortunate
  3318. are these beings who do not need to �apprehend the significance of things,� who never �sink
  3319. by the wayside to be left contemplating the moving procession,� which, she believes, has left
  3320. her. But grouped words-- fantastic , brilliant , beautiful --are followed by falling bodies and
  3321. discordant clashes : �What matter if souls and bodies are falling beneath the feet of the ever-
  3322. pressing multitude! [. [. . . .] It moves with the majestic rhythm of the spheres. Its discordant
  3323. clashes sweep upward in one harmonious tone that blends with the music of other worlds--to
  3324. complete God's orchestra.�
  3325. The moving procession has left her but with contradiction. �It is greater than the stars
  3326. --that moving procession of human energy. [. [. . . .] Oh! I could weep at being left by the
  3327. wayside; left with the grass and the clouds and a few dumb animals. True, I feel at home in
  3328. the society of these symbols of life's immutability. In the procession I should feel the
  3329. crushing feet, the clashing discords, the ruthless hands and stifling breath.� Chopin respects
  3330. earth and sky and life's representations that are not susceptible to radical change. Words such
  3331. Page 144
  3332. 138 138
  3333. as crushing , clashing discords , ruthless , and stifling suggest that she is content not to be a part
  3334. of that procession. That she writes �I could not hear the rhythm of the march� suggests
  3335. additionally a kind of anarchy. The strident noise obviates order. �Salve! Ye dumb hearts.
  3336. Let us be still and wait by the roadside.� Does Chopin reflect a kind of ambivalence about
  3337. joining/not joining? Those who do not �fall out of rank� in this procession are now �dumb
  3338. hearts.� To be still and wait is far better than to be crushed and stifled. Although clearly this
  3339. is a choice Chopin prefers not to make, she will not follow the definitive tenets of the local
  3340. color, regional, American writers of the nineteenth-century South. And since, indeed, Kate
  3341. Chopin is a realist, then the clue to Edna Pontellier lies not only in her personal, sexual
  3342. awakening but in a more general awakening connected to solitude.
  3343. �The Story of an Hour�: A Kind of Preface
  3344. In Kate Chopin's short, short story �The Story of an Hour,� written just four years
  3345. before The Awakening , a woman with heart trouble receives the tragic news that her husband
  3346. has died in a railroad disaster. The new widow, Louise Mallard, weeps with sudden wild
  3347. abandon in her sister's arms and then goes alone to her room. What happens to Mrs. Mallard,
  3348. who emerges as �Louise� devoid of her married surname, is both a sexual and psychological
  3349. awakening. While in her comfortable armchair by the open window, she notices a plethora of
  3350. newness outside and experiences new emotions and, for her, radical thoughts within:
  3351. She could see in the open square before her house the tops of trees that were all
  3352. aquiver with the new spring life. The delicious breath of rain was in the air. In In
  3353. the street below a peddler was crying his wares. The notes of a distant song
  3354. which some one was singing reached her faintly, and countless sparrows were
  3355. twittering in the eaves.
  3356. Page 145
  3357. 139 139
  3358. [. [. . . .] But now there was a dull stare in her eyes, whose gaze was fixed
  3359. away off yonder on one of those patches of blue sky. It was not a glance of
  3360. refection, but rather indicated a suspension of intelligent thought.
  3361. There was something coming to her and she was waiting for it, fearfully.
  3362. What was it? She did not know; it was too subtle and elusive to name. But she
  3363. felt it, creeping out of the sky, reaching toward her through the sounds, the
  3364. scents, the color that filled the air.
  3365. Now her bosom rose and fell tumultuously. [. [. . . .] Her pulses beat fast, and
  3366. the coursing blood warmed and relaxed every inch of her body. (352-53)
  3367. Although I have not read any critic who suggests that this pulse and flow is orgasmic, if the
  3368. reader just concentrates on the sexual connotations as �she was drinking in a very elixir of
  3369. life� (354) or the it she is waiting for, the reader can sense how Louise does abandon herself.
  3370. The sexual connotation is overwhelming. But there is more here than the local color of a late
  3371. nineteenth-century family, more than the political attitude of wives' existing subservient to
  3372. their husbands, and more than a sexual experience. Apprehending the significance of things,
  3373. as in �A Reflection,� comes through examining the words she repeats �over and over under
  3374. her breath: 'free, free, free!'� (353). The �vacant stare and look of terror� leave her; she has
  3375. �a clear and exalted perception.� Her new-found freedom means that she can live for herself.
  3376. Financially secure widows at the turn of that century had freedom, honor, and even some
  3377. power to do whatever they wished without joining the �ruthless hands and stifling breath� of
  3378. the procession as in �A Reflection.� Louise's �brief moment of illumination� partakes in
  3379. Turner's liminality: �The intervening liminal period or phase is thus betwixt and between the
  3380. categories of ordinary social life� (Turner 53), between her former married life and her new
  3381. single life. For Louise Mallard experiences Turner's �social creativity--where new social and
  3382. cultural forms are engendered� (Turner 51). Edna Pontellier will also move from a faithful
  3383. Page 146
  3384. 140 140
  3385. married state to an adulterous state, most definitely a new social and cultural form for her.
  3386. Louise Mallard recognizes the �powerful will bending hers in that blind persistence with
  3387. which men and women believe they have a right to impose a private will upon a fellow-
  3388. creature� (353). Her assertion �And yet she had loved him--sometimes� is undermined by the
  3389. ironic repetition in a later pair of sentences: �She breathed a quick prayer that life might be
  3390. long. It was only yesterday she had thought with a shudder that life might be long.�
  3391. Unfortunately, Louise experiences Freud's �oceanic feeling� only once in her life and only for
  3392. one hour. According to Anthony Storr in his definitive study Solitude: A Return to the Self ,
  3393. Freud in Civilization and Its Discontents maintained that this oceanic feeling is regressive;
  3394. however, for Storr and certainly for Louise, Edna, and their author Chopin, this oceanic
  3395. feeling �had a permanent effect upon [. . . . . the] perception of themselves and of the world; as
  3396. being [among] the profoundest moments of their existence,� bearing with it a �sense of unity
  3397. with the universe� (Storr 38).
  3398. Chopin's Original Novel Title, A Solitary Soul
  3399. Though these stories and sketches [. . . .] received considerable praise for their
  3400. realistic economical portrayal of Creole manners and customs and their careful
  3401. delineation of local scene, and earned her a place among the so-called local
  3402. school of American regional writers, they did little to prepare her audience for
  3403. the publication of her masterpiece, The Awakening (1899), a novel frankly
  3404. depicting its heroine's growing awareness of her own sensuality and
  3405. psychological need for self-fulfillment and independence. Clearly a novel
  3406. ahead of its time, The Awakening was, as Larzer Ziff has noted, �the most
  3407. important piece of fiction about the sexual life of a woman written to date in
  3408. America, and the first fully to face the fact that marriage, whether in point of
  3409. fact it closed the range of a woman's sexual experiences or not, was but an
  3410. episode in her continuous growth.� (Pickering 1463)
  3411. Page 147
  3412. 141 141
  3413. This novel is more than simply �continuous growth.� Edna Pontellier's awakening, however,
  3414. begins as a choice. And what that choice is about begins as a foray into the question of self.
  3415. The Awakening is a novel of a woman's desire, but it is not only a realization of sexual
  3416. fulfillment. This woman's desire is not that of a mother-woman either, like Madame
  3417. Ratignolle, because Edna would not sacrifice herself for her children, though she would give
  3418. her life for them, an important but subtle distinction. Edna tries to explain this perception to
  3419. her friend Mademoiselle Reisz, her childless friend: �I would give up the unessential; I would
  3420. give my money, I would give my life for my children; but I wouldn't give myself. I can't
  3421. make it more clear; it's only something which I am beginning to comprehend, which is
  3422. revealing itself to me� (929). Her desire is a longing for that elusive something, that thread of
  3423. joy that aids life's meaning. It is Edna's story as she tries to discern who she is as a person.
  3424. And her death indicates self-possession rather than a retreat from a dilemma, experience at
  3425. another level rather than a failure of imagination or will. Her death is neither one of defiance
  3426. nor one of consolation for rejection. Rather it is a culmination that had a slow but sure
  3427. beginning as she delved into the meaning of self: �She could only realize that she herself--her
  3428. present self--was in some way different from the other self. That she was seeing with
  3429. different eyes and making the acquaintance of new conditions in herself that colored and
  3430. changed her environment, she did not yet suspect� (921). Edna's slow growth into a figure of
  3431. Bachelard's poet-thinker is facilitated by the sea and her relationship to it rather than to
  3432. friends, family, or home. �The voice of the sea is seductive; never ceasing, whispering,
  3433. clamoring, murmuring, inviting the soul to wander for a spell in abysses of solitude; to lose
  3434. Page 148
  3435. 142 142
  3436. itself in mazes of inward contemplation. The voice of the sea speaks to the soul� (893). How How
  3437. prophetic it is that the sea is both whispering and murmuring, and dangerously clamoring .
  3438. The appeal of water and sea is a revealing motif for the course of reading in this study,
  3439. invoking as it does the drawing force of the sea as experienced by Ishmael and Pip. (Perhaps
  3440. Hester Prynne could even be added, since while living away from the townspeople she finds a
  3441. new life for her daughter across the sea.) The Awakening has strong elements of the story of
  3442. yet another Bachelard model of the poet-thinker; and it is the sea, a source, a pulling-toward,
  3443. and the land, a pushing-away-from, that allow Edna her own awakening.
  3444. Edna's Progressive Separation to Awaken
  3445. Yes, as everyone knows, meditation and water are
  3446. wedded forever.
  3447. -- Moby-Dick
  3448. �There was no sound abroad except the hooting of an old owl in the top of a water-
  3449. oak, and the everlasting voice of the sea, that was not uplifted at that soft hour. It broke like a
  3450. mournful lullaby upon the night� (886). �The moon was coming up, and its mystic shimmer
  3451. was casting a million lights across the distant, restless water� (905). �How still it was, with
  3452. only the voice of the sea whispering through the reeds that grew in the salt-water pools!�
  3453. (917). Nature imagery and a tempo of stillness, anticipation, depth, intimacy, and
  3454. transformation dominate the scene-painting in these chapters. Early in The Awakening , Kate
  3455. Chopin subtly suggests a myriad of themes relating to Edna's growth and change as she
  3456. �begin[s] to realize her position in the universe as a human being, and to recognize her
  3457. relations as an individual to the world within and about her� (893).
  3458. Page 149
  3459. 143 143
  3460. First, she believes that she has the best husband in Leonce since �she knew of none
  3461. better� (887); second, she likens her fair companion, the mother-woman Madame Ratignolle,
  3462. to �a faultless Madonna,� while her musical artist friend Mademoiselle Reisz has achieved
  3463. independence and success; and third, Edna exchanges �occasional words, glances or smiles
  3464. which indicate a certain advanced stage of intimacy and camaraderie � with the always
  3465. present, accepted young flirt, Robert Lebrun. Fourth, Edna's husband and children are either
  3466. engaged in some activity apart from her or simply do not need her care or her company at all.
  3467. And fifth, precisely when Edna realizes that �a certain light was beginning to dawn dimly
  3468. within her,--the light which, showing the way, forbids it� (893), the narrator declares that �this
  3469. may seem like a ponderous weight of wisdom to descend upon the soul of a young woman of
  3470. twenty-eight--perhaps more wisdom than the Holy Ghost is usually pleased to vouchsafe to
  3471. any woman.� These words remind readers of the narrator's intrusion in Jewett's short story as
  3472. she contemplates Sylvia's choice of silence resulting in her alienation from the only two
  3473. persons whom she knows and loves.
  3474. Chopin's narrator continues with the interjection of her philosophy: �But the
  3475. beginning of things, of a world especially, is necessarily vague, tangled, chaotic, and
  3476. exceedingly disturbing. How few of us ever emerge from such beginning! How many souls
  3477. perish in its tumult!� Kate Chopin herself knew the consequences of delving into disturbing
  3478. philosophies. Does Edna emerge successfully from her chaos? Is Chopin's philosophy
  3479. delineated here rather than being paradoxical, as in her essay �A Reflection�? And does the us
  3480. encompass Chopin and Edna and us, her readers? Edna's themes are chaotic, complex,
  3481. varied, and contradictory. Edna is neither the sublime, quintessential heroine nor the common
  3482. Page 150
  3483. 144 144
  3484. or extraordinary victim. And Kate Chopin's novel itself cannot easily be successfully
  3485. pigeonholed as romanticism, local-color, realism, or naturalism. Instead, The Awakening is a
  3486. search for self by experiencing solitude and ultimately reaching a kind of indifference
  3487. indicative of the growth of Bachelard's poet-thinker.
  3488. �Whither Would You Soar?�
  3489. John R. May's essay �Local Color in The Awakening � reminds readers that local color
  3490. �is not just a southern literary eccentricity. [. [. . . .] Local color elements possess a critical duality
  3491. of function� (1031). And Chopin's novel goes well beyond regionalism. Suzanne W. Jones,
  3492. echoing May's argument, suggests that �the tension in the novel between freedom and
  3493. restraint is evident in the two settings--the sea and the city� and that the city as �a social
  3494. setting controls thought and determines identity,� whereas the sea embodies the opposite of
  3495. both traits (120). Edna, a Presbyterian southerner from Kentucky, is not a member of the
  3496. subculture of Catholic southern Creole; neither is she Cajun. Lewis P. Simpson urges readers
  3497. to avoid distraction by the novel's surface romanticism and focus �on the sexual identity of
  3498. the family and the individual in Southern settings� (quoted Skaggs 83). Peggy Skaggs
  3499. maintains that The Awakening is an example of late nineteenth-century naturalism �as Edna
  3500. finds that her life must be lived within socioeconomic and biological boundaries as unyielding
  3501. as the walls around any penitentiary� (83). The novel's diversity of form is evident, as
  3502. Thomas Bonner details admirably (though its views on adultery hardly resemble those in
  3503. Flaubert's novel):
  3504. As a local-color novel its settings are essential to the development in structure
  3505. and theme. As a southern novel, it offers a contrast in addressing the myth of
  3506. the chaste heroine. As a novel of realism, it is linked closely with Madame
  3507. Page 151
  3508. 145 145
  3509. Bovary in its treatment of adultery. As a romantic novel, it presents a theme of
  3510. self-discovery using thoroughly consistent patterns of imagery. And as a
  3511. feminist novel, it emphasizes the particular nature and situation of the heroine
  3512. with respect to her gender. (Bonner 100)
  3513. Substantiating the view of The Awakening as a feminist novel, Barbara C. Ewell lists female
  3514. concerns and issues: �the nature of female sexuality, the conventional opposition of romance
  3515. and passion, the moral isolation of women in patriarchal systems, the role of female
  3516. friendship, the importance of the body and the physical world to self-realization, the
  3517. ambivalence toward children and childbearing� (89).
  3518. Early in the novel, Edna answers Madame Ratignolle's questions as to her thoughts:
  3519. First of all, the sight of the water stretching so far away, those motionless sails
  3520. against the blue sky, made a delicious picture that I just wanted to sit and look
  3521. at. The hot wind beating in my face made me think--without any connection
  3522. that I can trace--of a summer day in Kentucky, of a meadow that seemed as big
  3523. as the ocean to the very little girl walking through the grass, which was higher
  3524. than her waist. She threw out her arms as if swimming when she walked,
  3525. beating the tall grass as one strikes out in the water. Oh, I see the connection
  3526. now! (896)
  3527. But Madame does not; she decides that Edna was running away from Sunday service, rather
  3528. than searching, when Edna adds: �Sometimes I feel this summer as if I were walking through
  3529. the green meadow again; idly, aimlessly, unthinking and unguided.� Later, she wonders back
  3530. among her memories at Grand Isle, �and she trie[s] to discover wherein this summer ha[s]
  3531. been different from any and every other summer of her life� (921). Such seeking of self-
  3532. awareness is arduous and painstaking.
  3533. Chopin strikes a note alarmingly similar to Margaret Fuller, who, as mentioned in
  3534. Chapter 1, wrote in her journal of having an intense experience of self-discovery at age
  3535. twenty-one, when she was �able to pray only after she walk[ed] out of a church service in
  3536. Page 152
  3537. 146 146
  3538. Groton, Massachusetts, to wander through the surrounding fields. [. [. . . .] 'I was for that hour
  3539. taken up into God'� (Gatta 108). Solitude, nature, self-discovery--all the elements are there,
  3540. absent God, a significant absence, as Chopin's focus is absorbingly on the self.
  3541. Very clearly, the content or theme is not culture, family, sex, politics, self, suicide, or
  3542. despair alone; these entities are minor parts of the whole theme. The text that precedes and
  3543. follows Edna's beginning realizations and the narrator's intrusion into the text announces the
  3544. major role of solitude and the sea. �The sun was low in the west, and the breeze soft and
  3545. languorous that came up from the south, charged with the seductive odor of the sea� (892).
  3546. �Her glance wandered from [Robert's] face away toward the Gulf, whose sonorous murmur
  3547. reached her like a loving but imperative entreaty.� �The touch of the sea is sensuous,
  3548. enfolding the body in its soft, close embrace� (893). Without stating it overtly, the sea
  3549. communicates not only passion, solitude, and self-discovery, but an intuition of death that
  3550. particularly resembles Walt Whitman's famous lines of an intuitive epiphany by the sea in
  3551. �Out of the Cradle Endlessly Rocking�:
  3552. Whereto answering, the sea,
  3553. Delaying not, hurrying not,
  3554. Whisper'd me through the night, and very plainly before daybreak,
  3555. Lisp'd to me the low and delicious word death,
  3556. And again death, death, death, death,
  3557. Hissing melodious, neither like the bird nor like my arous'd child's heart,
  3558. But edging near as privately for me rustling at my feet,
  3559. Creeping thence steadily up to my ears and laving me softly all over
  3560. Death, death, death, death, death. (2216)
  3561. Whitman's poet-persona hears, learns, and is changed by this revelation. Chopin�s
  3562. adventurer-spirit hears, too, and her action is her response--the response of a human soul
  3563. fascinated with, and given over to, self-discovery in solitude. To discover herself, she learns,
  3564. Page 153
  3565. 147 147
  3566. she must step outside herself, that leap mentioned earlier. And the ultimate step outside
  3567. oneself is death.
  3568. Most certainly, learning to live life outside oneself is tumultuous, chaotic, and often
  3569. forbidden. Shortly before her walk into the sea, Edna speaks to her husband �with friendly
  3570. evasiveness,--not with any fixed design to mislead him, only because all sense of reality had
  3571. gone out of her life; she had abandoned herself to Fate, and awaited the consequences with
  3572. indifference� (988). The dangers of solitude in the sea and ultimately what happens to Edna
  3573. in the sea are foreshadowed in conversation; however, each speaker thinks only of the body
  3574. and not of the soul. �'Oh, come!' he [Robert] insisted. 'You mustn't miss your bath [swim].
  3575. Come on. The water must be delicious; it will not hurt you. Come'� (892). (Recall
  3576. Whitman's �low and delicious word death.�) Edna's summertime infatuation with Robert,
  3577. however, hurts not her but him, because his infatuation leads to love, and later he wants to
  3578. marry her, a situation that she finds absurd. When Edna learns to swim at last, she loses �that
  3579. certain ungovernable dread� when alone in the water and instead:
  3580. She did shout for joy, as with a sweeping stroke or two she lifted her body to
  3581. the surface of the water. [. [. . . .] She wanted to swim far out, where no woman
  3582. had swum before. [. [. . . .] Intoxicated with her newly conquered power, she swam
  3583. out alone.
  3584. She turned her face seaward to gather in an impression of space and
  3585. solitude, which the vast expanse of water, meeting and melting with the
  3586. moonlit sky, conveyed to her excited fancy. As she swam she seemed to be
  3587. reaching out for the unlimited in which to lose herself. (908)
  3588. Like Melville's Pip, Edna experiences that �intense concentration of self� away from the
  3589. physical and mental restraints of her life on land. She feels that she herself has space and that
  3590. she is totally alone and can engage in losing herself in the �abysses of solitude� where she can
  3591. Page 154
  3592. 148 148
  3593. lose her soul in �mazes of inward contemplations� that require endless correct and wrong
  3594. turns in the soul's search for the meaning of self. When Edna expresses her moment with
  3595. death, her fear of having swum out so far, to her husband, he replies, �You were not so very
  3596. far, my dear; I was watching you.� Leonce does not share her accomplishment or her fear or
  3597. any one of her inward contemplations, and worse yet is that he does not �watch� her; soon he
  3598. will not know her at all.
  3599. Descend in the Social Scale to Ascend in the Spiritual
  3600. After the Pontelliers leave Grand Isle, they return to their large, sumptuous home on
  3601. Esplanade Street in New Orleans, a house filled with all of Mr. Pontellier's possessions. Edna
  3602. maintains her Tuesday reception days as she has religiously for the past six years. One night
  3603. Edna does not appear in evening dress for dinner, and her husband learns that she did not
  3604. receive callers; she informs him, �I simply felt like going out, and I went out� (932). Mr.
  3605. Pontellier is angry and shocked; he leaves Edna for his club. But Edna has changed since she
  3606. learned to swim at Grand Isle, since she learned to flirt, to listen to the ideas of a different
  3607. culture, and to phrase her own questions, as �she was seeking herself and finding herself.�
  3608. She takes off her wedding ring, tries to crush it on the floor in a fit of frustrated rage, and
  3609. flings a glass vase upon the hearth. �She wanted to destroy something. The crash and clatter
  3610. were what she wanted to hear.� Susan J. Rosowski quotes Willa Cather, who condemns both
  3611. Edna and Emma Bovary as �the victims of the over-idealization of life. [. [. . . . . They] expect the
  3612. passion of love to fill and gratify every need of life. [. [. . . .] They have staked everything on one
  3613. hand, and they lose� (30). But clearly, Edna seeks more; she ultimately realizes that her
  3614. Page 155
  3615. 149 149
  3616. passion with Alcee and her anticipatory union with Robert do not and will not fulfill her every
  3617. need. Edna seeks answers to her own �inward contemplations.�
  3618. At home, Edna finds that �she felt no interest in anything about her� (935), including
  3619. visiting Leonce's friends, shopping, playing with her children, even the sketches which had
  3620. given her so much pleasure. �She liked the dabbling. She felt in it satisfaction of a kind
  3621. which no other employment afforded her� (891). However, when Madame Ratignolle of the
  3622. perfect union and perfect motherhood announces, �Your talent is immense, dear! [. [. . . .] Never
  3623. have I seen anything more lifelike� (937), it is apparent that she has brought her art to the
  3624. wrong critic. Edna realizes that the �domestic harmony�--the perfect marriage of the
  3625. Ratignolles--�gave her no regret, no longing. It was not a condition of life which fitted her,
  3626. and she could see in it [nothing] but an appalling and hopeless ennui.� Edna does not long for
  3627. the perfect marriage, which she acknowledges is attainable, nor does she want (like Madame
  3628. Ratignolle) �that colorless existence which never uplifted its possessor beyond the region of
  3629. blind contentment, in which no moment of anguish ever visited her soul, in which she never
  3630. would have the taste of life's delirium.� Edna does not know what �life's delirium� means;
  3631. however, she is certain that it is not found in home and family and is not really in art. Soon
  3632. she realizes it is not found in an infatuation or in a passionate sexual relationship either.
  3633. Edna continues her journey to find the core of her being, to expand her thinking and
  3634. her knowing. She sheds the accoutrements of society and family: �She liked then to wander
  3635. alone into strange and unfamiliar places. She discovered many a sunny, sleepy corner,
  3636. fashioned to dream in. And she found it good to dream and to be alone and unmolested�
  3637. (939) by friends, acquaintances, her husband, and even her children. She retires to her atelier,
  3638. Page 156
  3639. 150 150
  3640. a kind of snug studio workroom. Her husband cannot see that she is �becoming herself and
  3641. daily casting aside that fictitious self which we assume like a garment with which to appear
  3642. before the world.� She is happy and unhappy �without knowing why� as she wanders about,
  3643. and she finds it �good to dream [. . . .] when life appear[s] to her like a grotesque pandemonium
  3644. and humanity like worms struggling blindly toward inevitable annihilation.� Worms burrow
  3645. underground and cannot see; they are like the �souls and bodies [that fall] beneath the feet of
  3646. the ever-pressing multitude� (Chopin �Reflection�).
  3647. Edna describes the Lebrun house as looking like a prison �with iron bars before the
  3648. door and lower windows. [. [. . . . . N]o one had ever thought of dislodging them� (941). Edna
  3649. removes the bars, figuratively, from the house where she lives to her own atelier without any
  3650. locking in or keeping out. Slowly, Edna escapes her prison with its societal, familial and
  3651. economic kinds of walls when she visits the �disagreeable and unpopular� Mademoiselle
  3652. Reisz, who challenges Edna to succeed: �The artist must possess the courageous soul. [. [. . . .] .]
  3653. The brave soul. The soul that dares and defies� (946). Mademoiselle refers not merely to the
  3654. artist as one who draws or paints but to the artist as one who sees, like the poet.
  3655. Even her husband notices that Edna has shed her old life as she �goes tramping about
  3656. by herself.� However, Leonce sees surface changes only; he tries telling Doctor Mandelet that
  3657. �she's peculiar�: �She's got some sort of notion in her head concerning the eternal rights of
  3658. women [. . . .]. She says a wedding is one of the most lamentable spectacles on earth� (948).
  3659. Edna refuses to attend her own sister Janet's wedding. To Robert's dream of her becoming
  3660. his wife, she imagines Leonce giving her to him and responds, �I should laugh at you both�
  3661. (992). Edna learns to choose for herself.
  3662. Page 157
  3663. 151 151
  3664. When her own father visits, Edna cannot wait for him to leave. �What should I do if
  3665. he stayed home [ie, at her house]? We wouldn't have anything to say to each other� (951).
  3666. Her children go to live with their grandmother, and so Edna emotionally separates herself
  3667. from her old friends and acquaintances, her husband, sister, children, father: the past, all that
  3668. her life represented. �When Edna was at last alone, she breathed a big, genuine sigh of relief�
  3669. (955). Next, she completes the emotional separation by physically moving herself and one
  3670. maid, Old Celestine, out of her Esplanade house to a tiny four-room home, referred to as a
  3671. �pigeon house,� which she furnishes herself. There she exults in her first sense of
  3672. independence by selling her paintings, winning at the track--�the race horse was a friend and
  3673. intimate associate of her childhood� (957)--seeing her own friends whom she knew from the
  3674. previous Grand Isle visit, organizing and having her first dinner party for her invited guests,
  3675. and taking a passionate lover as she responds to the �animalism� of Alcee Arobin. Edna
  3676. continues to leave her old life as Madame Pontellier behind, both emotionally and physically,
  3677. and tries to explain that separation unsuccessfully to her young enamored friend Robert, as she
  3678. tells him that she likes to walk to a garden in the suburbs. �I always feel so sorry for women
  3679. who don't like to walk; they miss so much--so many rare little glimpses of life; and we
  3680. women learn so little of life on the whole� (990).
  3681. Edna decides that since her �instinct [. . . .] prompted her to put away her husband�s
  3682. bounty in casting off her allegiance,� she �resolve[s] never again to belong to another than
  3683. herself� (963), a stronger formulation of what she had expressed only negatively before,
  3684. looking on even the perfect marriage with ennui. �There was with her a feeling of having
  3685. descended in the social scale, with a corresponding sense of having risen in the spiritual. [. [. . . .] .]
  3686. Page 158
  3687. 152 152
  3688. She began to look with her own eyes; to see and to apprehend the deeper undercurrents of life.
  3689. No longer was she content to 'feed upon opinion' when her own soul had invited her� (977-
  3690. 78). Both Hester and Pip also underwent this descent in the social scale to rise in the spiritual.
  3691. Back to the Sea, to Beginnings, to �Taste of Life's Delirium�
  3692. While Madame Ratignolle reminds Edna of her obligation to her family, particularly
  3693. her children, as she exhorts her, �Think of the children, Edna. Oh think of the children!
  3694. Remember them!� (995), Madame is thinking only of potential scandal. But Edna moves
  3695. beyond social concerns as she tells Doctor Mandelet, �I'm not going to be forced into doing
  3696. things. I don't want to go abroad [with Leonce]. I want to be let alone. Nobody has any
  3697. right--except children, perhaps--and even then, it seems to me--or it did seem [. . . .] perhaps it
  3698. is better to wake up after all, even to suffer, rather than to remain a dupe to illusions all one�s
  3699. life� (995-96). The doctor urges Edna to talk with him, suggesting that he knows her inner
  3700. tumult as she continues:
  3701. There are periods of despondency and suffering which take possession of me.
  3702. But I don't want anything but my own way. That is wanting a good deal, of
  3703. course, when you have to trample upon the lives, the hearts, the prejudices of
  3704. others--but no matter--still, I shouldn't want to trample upon the little lives.
  3705. Oh! Oh! I don't know what I'm saying, Doctor. Good night. Don't blame me for
  3706. anything. (996)
  3707. Edna confuses her love for her children and her obligation as a mother with her own personal
  3708. need to find herself, to soar. And so she returns to the sea without them, alone. �The children
  3709. appeared before her like antagonists who had overcome her; who had overpowered and sought
  3710. to drag her into the soul's slavery for the rest of her days. But she knew a way to elude them.
  3711. She was not thinking of these things when she walked down to the beach� (999).
  3712. Page 159
  3713. 153 153
  3714. To taste of �life's delirium,� earlier Edna appeals to the non-mother Mademoiselle
  3715. Reisz. Although Edna sketched in an �unprofessional way,� she �liked the dabbling. She felt
  3716. in it satisfaction of a kind which no other employment afforded her� (891). She equates her
  3717. �dabbling� with becoming an artist, whereas Mademoiselle compares the artist to the bird
  3718. who takes flight. For Edna, Mademoiselle Reisz expands the definition of art and the artist:
  3719. �She [Mademoiselle Reisz] put her arms around me and felt my shoulder blades, to see if my
  3720. wings were strong, she said. 'The bird that would soar above the level plain of tradition and
  3721. prejudice must have strong wings. It is a sad spectacle to see the weaklings bruised,
  3722. exhausted, fluttering back to earth'� (966).
  3723. Edna shares these thoughts with her lover, who concludes that Mademoiselle is
  3724. partially demented. Edna has only a sexual relationship with him, not a shared philosophical
  3725. one. Earlier in the novel, she thoroughly enjoyed listening to Mademoiselle Reisz play a
  3726. piano piece that Edna names for herself �Solitude�: �When she heard it there came before her
  3727. imagination the figure of a man standing beside a desolate rock on the seashore. He was He was
  3728. naked. His attitude was one of hopeless resignation as he looked toward a distant bird
  3729. winging its flight away from him� (906). All these metaphors--family, art and artist,
  3730. nakedness, and winged bird--point to Edna's search for self. When she swims for the last
  3731. time, in the final phase of her search, �a bird with a broken wing was beating the air above,
  3732. reeling, fluttering, circling disabled down, down to the water� (999).
  3733. Over and over, the major theme of The Awakening revolves around the sea and its
  3734. seductive, caressing, entreating qualities for Madame Pontellier. The sea is more than a sight
  3735. Page 160
  3736. 154 154
  3737. to gaze at; for Edna the sea has a voice, an odor, and even a mood, to witness from moments
  3738. in the text such as these:
  3739. There was a soft effulgence in the east. The moon was coming up, and its
  3740. mystic shimmer was casting a million lights across the distant, restless water.
  3741. (905)
  3742. The sun was low in the west, and the breeze soft and languorous that came up
  3743. from the south, charged with the seductive odor of the sea. (892)
  3744. There was no sound abroad except the hooting of an old owl in the top of a
  3745. water-oak, and the everlasting voice of the sea, that was not uplifted at that soft
  3746. hour. It broke like a mournful lullaby upon the night. (886)
  3747. Most of them walked into the water as though into a native element. (908)
  3748. Edna Pontellier, indeed, has �done all the thinking which was necessary� (999). A A
  3749. season earlier she confided to Madame Ratignolle, the perfect mother-woman and wife,
  3750. �Sometimes I feel this summer as if I were walking through the green meadow again; idly,
  3751. aimlessly, unthinking and unguided� (897), a statement that is more like a question, to which
  3752. Madame can only pat her hand and murmur, � Pauvre cherie .� Another �self-contained�
  3753. woman could not help Edna then, but now she needs no one. She, herself, has become self-
  3754. contained.
  3755. �Sailing across the bay [. . . .] Edna felt as if she were being borne away from some
  3756. anchorage which had held her fast, whose chains had been loosening--had snapped [. . . .] .]
  3757. leaving her free to drift whithersoever she chose to set her sails� (915). Then, she drifted;
  3758. then, she did not know herself or her capabilities or her passion. But now, Robert Lebrun has
  3759. gone back to Mexico or at least is out of her life, since she found it absurd that he should want
  3760. to marry her. She wants Robert but knows that �the day would come when he, too, and the
  3761. Page 161
  3762. 155 155
  3763. thought of him would melt out of her existence, leaving her alone� (999). Her sexual liaison
  3764. with Arobin was just that, a satisfying, adulterous affair of passion devoid of love. �She had
  3765. said over and over to herself: 'To-day it is Arobin; to-morrow it will be some one else. It It
  3766. makes no difference to me.�
  3767. That heightened awareness of the solitary soul experiencing liminality empowers
  3768. Edna. Her husband Leonce was in Europe or about to leave without her, her �lovers� were
  3769. elsewhere, and her sons were safely cared for and loved by grandparents. �The children
  3770. appeared before her like antagonists who had overcome her; who had overpowered and sought
  3771. to drag her into the soul's slavery for the rest of her days. But she knew a way to elude them.
  3772. She was not thinking of these things when she walked down to the beach.� That those
  3773. individuals make no difference to her is paramount; Edna Pontellier has reached indifference;
  3774. others do not matter. What is all-important is self. And she is not going to sacrifice that new-
  3775. found self to anyone, not even to the children whom she does, indeed, love.
  3776. Chopin's narrator tells the reader that Edna was not thinking of any of the five males
  3777. who had dominated her life or had sought to influence her thinking and, therefore, her very
  3778. being. (Dr. Mandelet could be male number six, except that Edna never visits him for his
  3779. final, perhaps avuncular advice.) A narratorial intrusion is necessary to state clearly what
  3780. Edna was not thinking as she walked down to the beach for the final time. That she was not
  3781. thinking of others underscores what Louise Mallard whispers in �The Story of an Hour�:
  3782. �What could love, the unsolved mystery, count for in face of this possession of self-assertion
  3783. which she suddenly recognizes as the strongest impulse of her being. 'Free! Body and soul
  3784. free!'� (353-54). So Edna is literally free and alone when she returns to Grand Isle. �The
  3785. Page 162
  3786. 156 156
  3787. water of the Gulf stretched out before her, gleaming with the million lights of the sun. The The
  3788. voice of the sea is seductive [. . . .] inviting the soul to wander in abysses of solitude. All along
  3789. the white beach, up and down, there was no living thing in sight� (999). She has reached the
  3790. essential seascape of Pip and Ishmael and Walt Whitman.
  3791. But there is a �living thing,� a bird with a broken wing. Chopin describes the bird to
  3792. the reader, but Edna does not see it. Since she does not interact with it at all, the bird becomes
  3793. the equivalent of a narratorial intrusion, a figure that mirrors her as she approaches death. She
  3794. puts on her old bathing suit, having found it �upon its accustomed peg,� but then takes it off,
  3795. for she has reached the state of indifference:
  3796. and for the first time in her life she stood naked in the open air, at the mercy of
  3797. the sun, the breeze that beat upon her, and the waves that invited her.
  3798. How strange and awful it seemed to stand naked under the sky! How How
  3799. delicious! She felt like some new-born creature, opening its eyes in a familiar
  3800. world that it had never known. (1000)
  3801. The notion of cracking the egg, of rebirth, of a newborn coming into the world, comes not just
  3802. from stripping naked under the sky; instead, Edna knows a rebirth of self, of a new person,
  3803. indifferent, complete, in continuing quest of self. She has indeed crossed the threshold and
  3804. entered a liminal state.
  3805. The critics who insist that this novel is only about a sexual awakening point to a final
  3806. metaphor of snakes. Earlier Edna gained confidence in swimming as in herself : �The sea was
  3807. quiet now, and swelled lazily in broad billows that melted into one another and did not break
  3808. except upon the beach in little foamy crests that coiled back like slow, white serpents� (908).
  3809. The serpents also appear at her final swim as �the foamy wavelets curled up to her white feet,
  3810. and coiled like serpents about her ankles. She walked out� (1000). What critics miss is what
  3811. Page 163
  3812. 157 157
  3813. happens to this metaphor between Chapters 10 and 39. And that is connected to the image of
  3814. the Madonna.
  3815. Contrasting images of the Madonna are scattered throughout the novel: Madame
  3816. Ratignolle is described as the �faultless Madonna,� perfect mother-woman and wife,
  3817. possessing a �lofty chastity.� Twins frequent the holiday resort always dressed in Virgin Mary
  3818. blue; a widow dressed in black repeatedly walks behind lovers as she fingers her beads, a
  3819. Creole Catholic praying the Virgin Mary's rosary. These images act as foils, accenting the
  3820. conventional life that Edna discovers she must leave behind. Beneath this level of the Virgin
  3821. Mary's iconography is a more mythic level, however, and many traditional votive statues
  3822. show her standing with her bare feet upon the head of at least one serpent, so as to crush the
  3823. serpent's head and destroy it. The image states figuratively that Mary will deliver the Christ,
  3824. who will redeem the first parents, Adam and Eve, and all humankind and so expiate the
  3825. original sin of pride that drove humanity from the Garden of Eden. If we interpret using this
  3826. image of the serpents, then, the �faultless Madonna� now describes Edna in an analogous way.
  3827. She has overcome the necessary and important sexual part of her awakening; that achievement
  3828. becomes subordinate to her complete knowledge of self. Yet Chopin's presentation remains
  3829. elusive and ambiguous. The serpents that �coiled [. . . .]about her ankles� may be snaring her
  3830. in the finality of the sea and death no less than they are submitting to her superior spiritual
  3831. power.
  3832. She walked out. [. [. . . .] The water was deep, but she lifted her white body and
  3833. reached out with a long, sweeping stroke. The touch of the sea is sensuous,
  3834. enfolding the body in its soft, close embrace.
  3835. She went on and on. She remembered the night she swam far out, and
  3836. recalled the terror that seized her at the fear of being unable to regain the shore.
  3837. Page 164
  3838. 158 158
  3839. She did not look back now, but went on and on, thinking of the blue-grass
  3840. meadow that she had traversed when a little child, believing that it had no
  3841. beginning and no end.
  3842. As she tires during these final moments, Edna does not think only of herself. �She
  3843. thought of Leonce and the children. They were a part of her life. But they need not have
  3844. thought that they could possess her, body and soul.� Earlier, Edna visited her sons at their
  3845. grandparents �giving them all of herself, and gathering and filling herself with their young
  3846. existence� (978). She leaves with a �wrench and a pang� and carries away with her the
  3847. �sound of their voices and the touch of their cheeks.� But it quickly becomes a kind of distant
  3848. memory: �Their presence lingered with her like the memory of a delicious song. But by the
  3849. time she had regained the city the song no longer echoed in her soul. She was again alone.�
  3850. No one can live entirely for her children or husband and expect to live a complete life.
  3851. Whether her family did or did not think that they enslaved Edna is unimportant; that she
  3852. perceives that they attempt to enslave her is the perception that leads to her decision not to
  3853. turn back. She muses, �How Mademoiselle Reisz would have laughed, perhaps sneered, if
  3854. she knew!� (1000). �And you call yourself an artist!� she imagines Mademoiselle Reisz
  3855. upbraiding her. �What pretensions, Madame! The artist must possess the courageous soul that
  3856. dares and defies.� Her final swim is her response to Mademoiselle Reisz's challenge--the
  3857. challenge of art. She does something else, equally daring: a quest for self carried out to its
  3858. ultimate conclusion.
  3859. Earlier the stretch of water between her and the beach was a �barrier.� It is no longer
  3860. so; �the shore was far behind her, and her strength was gone.� She does not cry out for a
  3861. rescue from Victor or Mariequita, with whom she discussed dinner entrees moments before.
  3862. Page 165
  3863. 159 159
  3864. Instead, she looks seaward: �She looked into the distance, and the old terror flamed up for an
  3865. instant, then sank again.� That old terror was one she experienced before she learned to swim,
  3866. before she was confident enough in her swimming ability to swim far out and still return to
  3867. the beach. But now that terror is gone because she is in control. �Edna heard her father�s
  3868. voice and her sister Margaret's.� Margaret had replaced Edna's mother as the maternal care-
  3869. giver after their mother's death, so she is reliving real and imagined moments from her past:
  3870. �She heard the barking of an old dog that was chained to the sycamore tree. The spurs of the
  3871. cavalry officer clanged as he walked across the porch. There was the hum of bees, and the
  3872. musky odor of pinks filled the air.� It is impossible to smell such a small carnationlike flower
  3873. from so great a distance, yet Edna smells pinks. Like Emily Dickinson's speaker in �I heard a
  3874. fly buzz--when I died,� that kind of heightened, near surreal, memory of seemingly
  3875. insignificant moments, of mere being, comes to Edna at the end.
  3876. The reader might regret that Edna does not return to join society and spread her
  3877. insights, as do Hester Prynne and Ishmael, but she does leave behind Madame Ratignolle and
  3878. Mademoiselle Reisz, who have learned from Edna to glimpse the life and contributions of the
  3879. poet-thinker. For Edna, indeed, experiences Turner's liminality as she stands on that
  3880. threshold of the sea, contemplates her very soul, steps into the water, and swims too far. That
  3881. threshold has been crossed. Some say that her crossing was too tragic, but this study suggests
  3882. that readers remember that she was in a cage like the birds and only now experiences the glory
  3883. and freedom and insight to know herself.
  3884. Page 166
  3885. 160 160
  3886. The Bird Metaphor
  3887. Critics often dwell on Edna's suicide and interpret symbol after symbol as negative
  3888. and destructive. Several critics claim, as does Patricia Hopkins Lattin in �Childbirth and
  3889. Motherhood in The Awakening and in 'Athenaise,'� that Edna chooses death �as a solution to
  3890. the problems threatening her newly reborn self� (42). To Lattin �the image of the disabled
  3891. bird with the broken wing circling down to earth clearly symboliz[es] a defeat� (44) since
  3892. �death will soon rescue her [Edna] from her despair and turmoil� (46). Lattin reminds her
  3893. reader that �Edna is herself torn between the two possibilities of triumph and defeat, and the
  3894. scrupulously objective narrator provides no solution to the ambiguity facing the reader� (44).
  3895. But the �objective narrator� does provide a solution to Edna's death, and one discerns it after
  3896. examining and comparing the birds in the narrrative: the caged parrot, the mockingbird, and
  3897. the uncaged bird with the broken wing as symbols of Edna. She does perish, but her soul does
  3898. not �perish in its [the world's] tumult!� (Chopin Awakening 893).
  3899. In the first sentence of Chapter 1, Chopin describes two birds in cages:
  3900. A green and yellow parrot, which hung in a cage outside the door, kept
  3901. repeating over and over [. . . .] �That's all right!�
  3902. He could speak a little Spanish, and also a language which nobody
  3903. understood, unless it was the mocking-bird that hung on the other side of the
  3904. door, whistling his fluty notes out upon the breeze with maddening persistence.
  3905. (881)
  3906. That the parrot speaks a language �which nobody understood� and repeats only a phrase of
  3907. humble concession over and over, while the mockingbird repeats bird calls over and over
  3908. again repeating other birds, and that the descriptions of these caged birds begin this novel
  3909. clearly indicate their importance as symbols for Edna Pontellier herself. Edna is in a Catholic
  3910. Page 167
  3911. 161 161
  3912. marriage; divorce is unacceptable. Even her sexual relationship with Alcee Arobin and her
  3913. near-platonic one with Robert Lebrun do not set her free. During the entertainment at the
  3914. beach, �music, dancing, and recitation� were offered, but the caged parrot does not listen and
  3915. is so interruptive that it is almost removed from sight and �consigned to regions of darkness,�
  3916. a place where Edna almost goes. Instead, when Edna daydreams as she listens to
  3917. Mademoiselle Reisz play �Solitude,� she imagines �the figure of a man standing naked beside
  3918. a desolate rock on the seashore. He was naked. His attitude was one of hopeless resignation
  3919. as he looked toward a distant bird winging its flight away from him� (906). Later, Edna
  3920. becomes that (wo)man, but she never represents �hopeless resignation,� for she is calmly
  3921. indifferent at the end. The narrator discusses the situation of drowning as �Monsieur Farival
  3922. thought that Victor should have been taken out in mid-ocean in his earliest youth and
  3923. drowned,� as if drowning should be a punishment for bad boys. Clearly, Edna's drowning is
  3924. in no way similar to this denunciation.
  3925. The bird images frame the entire narrative. Near the end, when Edna stands looking
  3926. out to sea, her gaze is drawn to the bird with a broken wing who seemingly dives to its death
  3927. in the sea because of that wing. Before Edna stands naked at the water's edge, the narrator
  3928. singles out a �bird with a broken wing [. . . .] beating the air above, reeling, fluttering, circling
  3929. disabled down, down to the water� (999). But Edna does not notice the bird; she is not
  3930. intimidated by it; instead, when she is absolutely alone, she begins her final swim as �for the
  3931. first time she stood naked in the open air, at the mercy of the sun, the breeze that beat upon
  3932. her, and the waves that invited her� (34). The bird is free; Edna transcends her symbol. She
  3933. is invited and she accepts her rendezvous with solitude.
  3934. Page 168
  3935. 162 162
  3936. Emily Toth in Unveiling Kate Chopin dismisses the idea of deliberate drowning,
  3937. maintaining, �She [Edna] turns to art and adultery, but neither one fully satisfies her hunger.
  3938. Ultimately she figures out how to elude everyone's demands, and she does� (ix). Although
  3939. she asserts that � The Awakening is the unveiling of Edna Pontellier� (219), Toth declines to
  3940. analyze the character's death; instead, she relates Edna's story to Kate Chopin's own life.
  3941. Readers are left with questions: �They also wonder about the ending: is it positive? Is it
  3942. negative? Is it over? [. [. . . . . They] wonder whether they are supposed to like Edna, understand
  3943. her, or loathe everything about her� (209). Perhaps readers were meant to be left with these
  3944. questions; perhaps their questions reveal more about them than about the text.
  3945. Edna Pontellier escapes the caged life she led with her husband Leonce and her two
  3946. sons once she opens that cage and begins to fly, the master image for her swimming at the
  3947. end. All the staid, experienced women, the gate-keepers of the Creole, southern beach society
  3948. tell her how to behave first toward Robert and later Alcee, the known rogue, giving Edna
  3949. cautions and advice and entreaties, all of which she laughs away. She is determined first to fly
  3950. out of her cage and experience freedom with a younger, more resourceful, more attentive,
  3951. unrestrained man and later with a much more sexually experienced man, more than any other
  3952. men she had previously known or dreamed about. Her flight out of the conforming society
  3953. into others' lives, however brief, changes her so that she begins to think less of herself as
  3954. Madame Pontellier and more of herself as Edna, a separate self. Chopin never depicts the bird
  3955. drowning but seems instead, with her framing bird images, to give the sequence of birds
  3956. locked up followed by free birds that are wounded. Once Edna steps into that water, she is
  3957. free, no longer tethered to cage or family or convention. And like the �reeling, fluttering [. . . .] .]
  3958. Page 169
  3959. 163 163
  3960. disabled� bird, she enters a new realm of existence, one in which she approaches death with
  3961. the keenest awareness of life.
  3962. Edna Pontellier does not commit suicide to free herself from society's boundaries or
  3963. from the seduction of unfulfilled sexual experiences. She is neither worthy of canonization
  3964. nor guilty of conspiracy to kill. Instead she is freed to be Bachelard's poet-thinker.
  3965. Page 170
  3966. 164 164
  3967. Chapter 6
  3968. Conclusion Conclusion
  3969. British Romanticism: A Contradiction?
  3970. In the early nineteenth century, the great English poet Lord Byron wrote a sonorous
  3971. tribute to solitude in Childe Harold's Pilgrimage . Reflecting on the place where Petrarch is
  3972. entombed, he praises and connects nature and introspection while opposing solitude and
  3973. society in a stark and provocative way:
  3974. Developing the mountains, leaves, and flowers,
  3975. And shining in the brawling brook, where-by,
  3976. Clear as its current, glide the sauntering hours
  3977. With a calm languor, which, though to the eye
  3978. Idlesse it seem, hath its morality.
  3979. If from society we learn to live,
  3980. 'Tis solitude should teach us how to die;
  3981. It hath no flatterers--Vanity can give
  3982. No hollow aid; alone--man with his God must strive:
  3983. Or, it may be, with Demons, who impair
  3984. The strength of better thoughts, and seek their prey
  3985. In melancholy bosoms --such as were
  3986. Of moody texture from their earliest day,
  3987. And loved to dwell in darkness and dismay,
  3988. Deeming themselves predestined to a doom
  3989. Which is not of the pangs that pass away;
  3990. Making the Sun like blood, the Earth a tomb,
  3991. The tomb a hell--and Hell itself a murkier gloom. (emphasis added; 4. 33-34)
  3992. Like the contrasts in this poem, this study has argued that in solitude we learn a truth
  3993. that is other than what society would teach us. Of the American fictional figures examined
  3994. Page 171
  3995. 165 165
  3996. here, two die from their solitude, one goes mad, and only one returns to her community to live
  3997. out her days in peace. Each has to struggle with dark powers: for Hester both self-
  3998. condemnation and self-justification; for Bartleby, who can know? Implicitly in each of their
  3999. dramas, however, lies a dynamic that is not content to leave society to its own hopeless fate
  4000. but yearns for it to live. There remains the hope that in returning to society--or, put more
  4001. hopefully, to community--someone can teach or show others how to live so that devils do not
  4002. find us desolate at the end.
  4003. Byron admits the role of nature, the aloneness of the individual, hearing a �brawling�
  4004. brook that apparently does not interrupt the thoughts of the idler, though the solitude will end.
  4005. So for Byron, society teaches us how to live but must block out with all its busy
  4006. preoccupations the deeper truth of how to die. The contemplation of the stream in unhurried
  4007. hours does not so much yield a truth about nature as it provides a setting in which self-
  4008. confrontation is finally possible. Alone we have no community and therefore cannot rely
  4009. upon the compliments of flatterers; instead man is alone with his God and so must contend or
  4010. attempt meaning alone. Certainly, making �the earth a tomb� and �the tomb a hell� could at
  4011. least in part describe Melville's Bartleby; but it seems rather that it was society that made a
  4012. tomb for him. Even in this instance, though, Bartleby's employer-narrator declares that the
  4013. scrivener rests with kings and counsellors, definitely not a �murkier gloom.�
  4014. Frederick Page, editor of Byron: Poetical Works , observes of this passage that �the
  4015. struggle is to the full and as likely to be with demons as with our better thoughts. Satan chose
  4016. the wilderness for the temptation of our Savior. [. [. . . .] John Locke preferred the presence of a
  4017. Page 172
  4018. 166 166
  4019. child to complete solitude� (890). In light of these analogous cases, solitude seems a place of
  4020. danger, meant only for stronger souls, better for sociable Lockeans to avoid. What my study
  4021. has found, however, is rather that solitude is a salubrious state, whether it be contemplating
  4022. nature in idle, languorous hours or an introspective learning experience, if the individual can
  4023. meet his/her demons to identify, assimilate, and integrate them so that the earth is never a
  4024. tomb. Or as it appears to be for Hester Prynne, Bartleby, and Edna Pontellier, �the earth a
  4025. tomb� was only temporary, leading not to a hell of �murkier gloom� but back to community
  4026. where each became fully herself or himself: the poet-thinker in Hester Prynne, a silent teacher
  4027. in Bartleby to his former lawyer-employer, an active teacher in Pip to Ahab and ultimately to
  4028. Ishmael, the narrator, and finally in Edna Pontellier, the teacher, one hopes, to those whom
  4029. she leaves behind.
  4030. A Modern Approach to Solitude
  4031. What is the outlook for solitude in our time? A glimpse of this may be adumbrated by
  4032. turning to a recent study of works in the twentieth century. In Solitude and Its Ambiguities in
  4033. Modernist Fiction , Edward Engelberg asserts that solitude tends to be a person's choice and
  4034. under his or her control. It occurs to me to wonder whether Boethius would have written his
  4035. seminal work The Consolation of Philosophy had he not been accused of treason, imprisoned,
  4036. and sentenced to die. Engelberg does concede that �our inhibitions of choice are many, and
  4037. are often psychogenically involuntary. At times, 'return' is nearly impossible, and we are
  4038. irretrievably beyond it, although no external force holds us prisoner� (163). Examining
  4039. Samuel Beckett's The Lost Ones , in which naked people climb on ladders in a futile attempt
  4040. Page 173
  4041. 167 167
  4042. to escape, he observes, �What is so intensely painful is their inability to achieve either solitude
  4043. or communality� (164). For Beckett and Erwin Mode, who sees postmodernism as a
  4044. �'nihilistic time' in which 'self-annihilation' is an inevitable outcome,� solitude has become
  4045. part of the postmodern condition �from which the human being cannot free itself� (164).
  4046. Engelberg asks how solitude became the �condition of the anguished, the forlorn, the
  4047. misanthropic, the alienated� (165). Nonetheless, he goes on to argue that Beckett's fictions,
  4048. like other late modern works he examines, reveal �precisely that 'radical alienation,' in the
  4049. end, does not exist; however brave the face of solitude, it is never 'immune to community'�
  4050. (165).
  4051. Engelberg argues for either solitude or socialization or a �perpetual shifting� that
  4052. brings �tension and ambiguity [. . . .] from stasis to engagement� (166). For him, �the major
  4053. triumph, if that is the right word, is the ability to make a choice� (Engelberg's emphasis; 167).
  4054. He agrees with Storr that �the real question of one's mental health is not whether one indulges
  4055. solitude to the detriment of the Self's relationship to Society, but whether one is able to
  4056. sustain solitude as a condition of insight and self-revelation� (Engelberg's emphasis; 169).
  4057. He maintains the philosophy hinted at in his book's subtitle, Ambiguities of the Solitary State :
  4058. its �beneficial effects� must always be measured against �its possibly self-annihilating danger,
  4059. the loss of identity altogether� (170). This is a tightrope seen repeatedly in readings on
  4060. solitude, from Doris Grumbach's to Hawthorne's record of Hester's inner thoughts to Edna�s
  4061. final swim. Engelberg cites English and European examples of characters negotiating or
  4062. slipping off that tightrope:
  4063. Page 174
  4064. 168 168
  4065. While Crusoe was able to resist the undermining of Self and identity, in the
  4066. twentieth century that becomes more difficult, if not impossible. [Thomas]
  4067. Mann's hero is nearly undone by his relentless addiction to solitude; Woolf�s
  4068. characters cling stubbornly to self-perpetuated barriers that preclude the normal
  4069. flow of language, which creates communication. The antagonists of Sartre and
  4070. Camus are caught in different forms of inhibiting silences, but their lives are
  4071. precariously close to becoming merely self-reflexive. And Beckett's 'I' is in
  4072. the ditch�or the bed, the room, the space where he lies 'rotting with solitude.'
  4073. (170) (170)
  4074. �Inevitably,� he states, musing on Crusoe but perhaps unknowingly echoing Melville on
  4075. isolatoes , �all solitaries are islanders, and solitude is an island-experience. [. . . .] So while
  4076. savoring independence, they fantasize with resentment or sadness (seldom with hope) about
  4077. lost possibilities of return� (173).
  4078. Although he depicts a human situation in which solitude and being-with are always
  4079. bleeding into and contaminating each other through fantasy, wish, regret, or resentment,
  4080. Engelberg concludes in his study that late modern literature has emphatically chosen the
  4081. opposite point: that mankind's situation must be either solitude or community. But it seems
  4082. unlikely, even for the postmodernist who needs to create new icons or at the very least rethink
  4083. the old ones, that the question is one of either/or: the problem is not one of solitude or
  4084. community. Instead, this study shows that for the characters of Nathaniel Hawthorne, Herman
  4085. Melville, Kate Chopin, and others, solitude leads to enlightenment, leads to knowledge, leads
  4086. to a sense of self, and ultimately leads to the return to the community of the seeker of solitude
  4087. --or at least to his or her influence on that community--as Bachelard's poet-thinker or teacher.
  4088. Page 175
  4089. 169 169
  4090. Works Cited
  4091. Augustine, Saint. The Confessions of St. Augustine . Trans. Rex Warner. Markham, Ontario:
  4092. Penguin, 1963.
  4093. Auster, Paul. The Invention of Solitude . New York: Sun, 1982.
  4094. Bachelard, Gaston. On Poetic Imagination and Reverie . Trans. Colette Gaudin. Dallas:
  4095. Spring, 1987.
  4096. Bakhtin, Mikhail. Rabelais and His World . Trans. Helene Iswolsky. Cambridge, Mass.:
  4097. Massachusetts Institute of Technology P, 1968.
  4098. Baudelaire, Charles. Paris Spleen 1869 . Trans. Louise Varese. New York: New Directions,
  4099. 1970.
  4100. Baym, Nina, ed. The Norton Anthology of American Literature . 6th ed. 6th ed. New York: Norton,
  4101. 2003. 2003. Vols. AC.
  4102. Bhagavad Gita . Trans. Swami Prabhavananda and Christopher Isherwood. Hollywood,
  4103. Calif.: Vedanta, 1987.
  4104. Bible. Authorized Version. New York: Oxford UP, 1997.
  4105. Boethius. The Consolation of Philosophy . Trans. VE Watts. Middlesex, Eng.: Penguin,
  4106. 1969. 1969.
  4107. Bonner, Thomas. � The Awakening in an American Literature Survey Course.� Koloski 99-
  4108. 103. 103.
  4109. Boston Globe . Review of Fifty Days of Solitude , by Doris Grumbach. Quoted on back cover
  4110. of Grumbach.
  4111. Brodkey, Linda. �Modernism and the Scene(s) of Writing.� College English 49 (1987): 396-
  4112. 418. 418.
  4113. Bryant, William Cullen. �Thanatopsis.� Baym B: 1072-74.
  4114. Page 176
  4115. 170 170
  4116. Budick, Emily Miller. Engendering Romance: Women Writers and the Hawthorne Tradition,
  4117. 1850-1990 . New Haven: Yale UP, 1994.
  4118. Buell, Lawrence. The Environmental Imagination: Thoreau, Nature Writing, and the
  4119. Formation of American Culture . Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard UP, 1995.
  4120. Byron, George Gordon, Lord. Childe Harold's Pilgrimage . Byron: Poetical Works . Ed. Ed
  4121. Frederick Page. 3rd ed. 3rd ed. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1970.
  4122. Camus, Albert. The Myth of Sisyphus and Other Essays . Trans. Justin O'Brien. New York:
  4123. Vintage, 1991.
  4124. Chaucer, Geoffrey. The Knight's Tale. The Canterbury Tales . Chaucer Riverside 37- 66.
  4125. ---. The Physician's Tale. The Canterbury Tales . Chaucer Riverside 190-93.
  4126. ---. The Riverside Chaucer . Ed. Larry D. Benson. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1987.
  4127. Chopin, Kate. The Awakening . Chopin Complete 2: 881-1000.
  4128. ---. The Complete Works of Kate Chopin . Ed. Per Seyersted. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State
  4129. University Press, 1969. 2 vols. 2 vols.
  4130. ---. �A Reflection.� Chopin Complete 2: 622.
  4131. ---. �The Story of an Hour.� Chopin Complete 1: 352-54.
  4132. Clough, Wilson O. The Necessary Earth: Nature and Solitude in American Literature .
  4133. Austin: U of Texas P, 1964.
  4134. �Court Tries Traditional Indian Banishment.� Post-Standard [Syracuse, NY] 15 July 1994:
  4135. A4.
  4136. Cowan, Bainard. �Unraveling the City: 'Bartleby' and the Mid-Nineteenth Century.� Uniting
  4137. the Liberal Arts: Core and Context . Ed. Bainard Cowan and Scott Lee. Lanham, Md.:
  4138. UP of America, 2002. 191-96.
  4139. Crane, Stephen. �The Open Boat.� Baym C: 903-19.
  4140. Crevecoeur, J. Hector St. John de. Letters from an American Farmer and Sketches of
  4141. Eighteenth-Century America . New York: Penguin, 1981.
  4142. Page 177
  4143. 171 171
  4144. Cruickshank, John. Albert Camus and the Literature of Revolt . Westport, Conn.:
  4145. Greenwood, 1978.
  4146. Davis, Todd F. �The Narrator's Dilemma in 'Bartleby the Scrivener': The Excellently
  4147. Illustrated Re-Statement of a Problem.� Studies in Short Fiction 34, 2 (1997): 183-92.
  4148. DeLillo, Don. White Noise . New York: Penguin, 1986.
  4149. Dickinson, Emily. Complete Poems . Ed. Thomas H. Johnson. Johnson. Boston: Little, Brown, 1960.
  4150. Edwards, Jonathan. �Personal Narrative.� Baym A: 466-76.
  4151. ---. �Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God.� Baym A: 498-509.
  4152. Emerson, Ralph Waldo. Basic Selections from Emerson . Ed. Edward C. Lindeman. New New
  4153. York: The New American Library, 1954.
  4154. Engelberg, Edward. Solitude and Its Ambiguities in Modernist Fiction . New York: Palgrave,
  4155. 2001. 2001.
  4156. Ewell, Barbara C. � The Awakening in a Course on Women in Literature.� Koloski 86-93.
  4157. Frost, Robert. �Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening.� The Poetry of Robert Frost: The
  4158. Collected Poems, Complete and Unabridged . Ed. Edward Connery Lathem. New New
  4159. York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1969.
  4160. Gatta, John. Making Nature Sacred: Literature, Religion, and Environment in America from
  4161. the Puritans to the Present . New York: Oxford UP, 2004.
  4162. Gaudin, Colette. Preface. On Poetic Imagination and Reverie . By Gaston Bachelard. Trans.
  4163. Colette Gaudin. Dallas: Spring, 1987. iv-xxix.
  4164. Geismar, Maxwell. Afterword. The Scarlet Letter . By Nathaniel Hawthorne. New York:
  4165. Washington Square, 1960.
  4166. Gilbert, Sandra M., and Susan Gubar, eds. The Norton Anthology of Literature by Women .
  4167. New York: Norton, 1985.
  4168. Gilman, Charlotte Perkins. �The Yellow Wallpaper.� Gilbert and Gubar 1148-1161.
  4169. Grumbach, Doris. Fifty Days of Solitude . Boston: Beacon, 1994.
  4170. Page 178
  4171. 172 172
  4172. Hawthorne, Nathaniel. �Fancy's Show Box: A Morality.� Twice-Told Tales . Vol. 9 of The
  4173. Centenary Edition of the Works of Nathaniel Hawthorne . Ed. William Charvat, Roy
  4174. Harvey Pearce, and Claude M. Simpson. Columbus: Ohio State UP, 1974. 220-26.
  4175. ---. �The Minister's Black Veil.� Twice-Told Tales . Vol. 9 of The Centenary Edition of the
  4176. Works of Nathaniel Hawthorne . Ed. William Charvat, Roy Harvey Pearce, and Claude
  4177. M. M. Simpson. Columbus: Ohio State UP, 1974. 37-53.
  4178. ---. The Scarlet Letter . Vol. 1 of The Centenary Edition of the Works of Nathaniel
  4179. Hawthorne . Ed. William Charvat et al. Columbus: Ohio State UP, 1962.
  4180. Herbert, T. Walter. Dearest Beloved: The Hawthornes and the Making of the Middle-Class
  4181. Family . Berkeley: U of California P, 1993.
  4182. Jewett, Sarah Orne. �A White Heron.� The American Experience: Fiction . Ed. Marjorie
  4183. Wescott Barrows et al. New York: Macmillan, 1974. 165-76.
  4184. Johnson, Lisa. �A Veritable Guest to Her Own Self.� Malin and Boynton 95-104.
  4185. Jones, Suzanne W. �Two Settings: The Islands and the City.� Koloski 120-25.
  4186. Koloski, Bernard, ed. Approaches to Teaching Chopin's The Awakening. New York: MLA,
  4187. 1988. 1988.
  4188. Lattin, Patricia Hopkins. �Childbirth and Motherhood in The Awakening and in 'Athenaise.'�
  4189. Koloski 40-46.
  4190. Lawrence, DH Studies in Classic American Literature . London: Heinemann, 1924.
  4191. Lessing, Doris. �To Room Nineteen.� Gilbert and Gubar 1881-1908.
  4192. Malin, Jo. Introduction. Malin and Boynton 1-17.
  4193. Malin, Jo, and Victoria Boynton, eds. Herspace: Women, Writing, and Solitude . New York:
  4194. Haworth, 2003.
  4195. May, John R. �Local Color in The Awakening .� Southern Review 6 (1970): 1031-40.
  4196. McLuhan, Marshall. Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man . New York: McGraw-
  4197. Hill, 1964.
  4198. Page 179
  4199. 173 173
  4200. Melville, Herman. �Bartleby, the Scrivener: A Story of Wall-Street.� The Piazza Tales and
  4201. Other Prose Pieces, 1839-1860 . Ed. Harrison Hayford et al. Evanston, Ill. and and
  4202. Chicago: Northwestern UP and Newberry Library, 1987. 13-45.
  4203. ---. Moby-Dick . Ed. Hershel Parker and Harrison Hayford. 2nd ed. 2nd ed. New York: Norton,
  4204. 2002. 2002.
  4205. Meyer, William EH, Jr. �American Literature: The Aesthetics of Solitude.� University of
  4206. Windsor Review 22, 2 (1989): 22-44.
  4207. Michaelson, Ellen. �Opening the Closed Door.� Wear Center 225-34.
  4208. Morse, David. From Cooper to Hawthorne: Excessive America . Vol. 1 of American
  4209. Romanticism . 2 vols. Houndmills, Eng.: Macmillan, 1987.
  4210. Ong, Walter J. Orality and Literacy: The Technologizing of the Word . London: Routledge,
  4211. 1982. 1982.
  4212. Plato. The Republic . Great Dialogues of Plato. Trans. William D. Rouse. New York: New
  4213. American Library, 1956.
  4214. Perusek, Darshan. �Inner Life Outer World: Women and Solitude in India.� Wear Center
  4215. 118-31.
  4216. Pickering, James H. �Biographical Notes.� Fiction 100: An Anthology of Short Stories . Ed. Ed
  4217. James H. Pickering. 7th ed. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1995.
  4218. Ponder, Melinda M., and John L. Idol, Jr., eds. Introduction. Hawthorne and Women:
  4219. Engendering and Expanding the Hawthorne Tradition . Ed. Melinda M. Ponder and
  4220. John L. Idol, Jr. Amherst: U of Massachusetts P, 1999. 1-19.
  4221. Reynolds, David S. Beneath the American Renaissance: The Subversive Imagination in the
  4222. Age of Emerson and Melville . Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard UP, 1988.
  4223. Rimer, Sara. �Walden Pond Journal: Thoreau's Retreat Now Draws Crowds.� New York
  4224. Times 22 July 1996: 1.12.
  4225. Roorda, Randall. Dramas of Solitude: Narratives of Retreat in American Nature Writing .
  4226. Albany: SUNY P, 1998
  4227. Rosowski, Susan J. � The Awakening as a Prototype of the Novel of Awakening.� Koloski
  4228. 26-33.
  4229. Page 180
  4230. 174 174
  4231. Rowlandson, Mary. A Narrative of the Captivity and Restoration of Mrs. Mary
  4232. Rowlandson . Baym A: 309-40.
  4233. Royster, Jacqueline Jones. �Time Alone, Place Apart: The Role of Spiracy in Using the
  4234. Power of Solitude.� Wear Center 35-44.
  4235. Skaggs, Peggy. � The Awakening �s Relationship with American Regionalism, Romanticism,
  4236. Realism, and Naturalism.� Koloski 80-85.
  4237. �Solitude.� Oxford English Dictionary . 2nd ed. 2nd ed. 1989. 1989.
  4238. Sophocles. The Theban Plays . Trans. EF Watling. Harmondsworth, Eng.: Penguin, 1958.
  4239. Sprintzen, David. Camus: A Critical Examination . Philadelphia: Temple UP, 1988.
  4240. Storr, Anthony. Solitude: A Return to the Self . New York: Macmillan, 1988.
  4241. Taylor, Edward. �Huswifery.� Baym A: 360.
  4242. Thoreau, Henry David. Walden . Walden and Civil Disobedience . Ed. Owen Thomas. New New
  4243. York: Norton, 1966. 1-221.
  4244. Tocqueville, Alexis de. Democracy in America . Trans. and ed. Richard D. Richard D. Heffner. New New
  4245. York: New American Library, 1956, 1963.
  4246. Toth, Emily. Unveiling Kate Chopin . Jackson: UP of Mississippi, 1999.
  4247. Turner, Victor. �Passages, Margins, and Poverty: Religious Symbols of Communitas.�
  4248. Dramas, Fields, and Metaphors: Symbolic Action in Human Society . Ithaca: Cornell
  4249. UP, 1974.
  4250. Wear, Delese. �A Reconnection to Self: Women and Solitude.� Wear Center 3-12.
  4251. Wear, Delese, ed. The Center of the Web: Women and Solitude . Albany: SUNY P, 1993.
  4252. Whitman, Walt. �Out of the Cradle Endlessly Rocking.� Baym B: 2212-16.
  4253. Winthrop, John. �A Model of Christian Charity.� Baym A: 206-17.
  4254. Woolf, Virginia. A Room of One's Own . New York: Harcourt, 1957.
  4255. Page 181
  4256. 175 175
  4257. Wordsworth, William. Lyrical Ballads . Norton Anthology of English Literature . Ed. MH
  4258. Abrams et al. 2 vols. 2 vols. New York: Norton, 1979. 1: 175-222.
  4259. Page 182
  4260. 176 176
  4261. Vita
  4262. Virginia Zirkel Massie attended the University of Florida with an academic scholarship and
  4263. graduated with honors in English, afterwards teaching English for five years at high schools in
  4264. Florida and Alabama. At various local and regional conferences she shared teaching
  4265. techniques with other teachers. While living in Mobile she taught for ten years at the Julius T.
  4266. Wright School and as English department chair worked with students and teachers on reading
  4267. and writing in grades pre-K through 12. During these years she co-authored Basic
  4268. Composition (a software program for students learning to write), published an article in the
  4269. Louisiana English Journal , presented papers at two NCTE conferences, and earned a Master�s
  4270. degree in education at the University of South Alabama. As a graduate teaching assistant and
  4271. then an instructor in English at Louisiana State University, she published an article in English
  4272. in Texas , presented papers at two national and six regional conferences, participated in the
  4273. National Writing Project, and won the English Department GTA Award and the Alpha
  4274. Lambda Delta Teaching Award for teaching composition. The degree of Doctor of
  4275. Philosophy in English will be awarded to her in the December 2005 commencement at
  4276. Louisiana State University.
  4277.  
Advertisement
Add Comment
Please, Sign In to add comment
Advertisement